Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation And Operation Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Cisco Manuals
  4. Multiplexer
  5. ONS 15454 DWDM
  6. Installation and operation manual
Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation And Operation Manual

Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation And Operation Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for ONS 15454 DWDM:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual See also: Reference Manual
Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and
Operations Guide
Product and Software Release 6.0
Last Updated: September 05, 2007
Corporate Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 526-4100
Text Part Number: OL-8432-01

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM

Summary of Contents for Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM

  • Page 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide Product and Software Release 6.0 Last Updated: September 05, 2007 Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100...
  • Page 2 OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. CCVP, the Cisco logo, and the Cisco Square Bridge logo are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.;...
  • Page 3 Required Tools and Equipment (ANSI) Cisco-Supplied Materials (ANSI) User-Supplied Materials (ANSI) Tools Needed (ANSI) Test Equipment (ANSI) Required Tools and Equipment (ETSI) Cisco-Supplied Equipment (ETSI) User-Supplied Equipment (ETSI) Tools Needed (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...

  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    DLP- G25 Install LAN Wires on the Backplane (ANSI Only) 1-56 DLP- G26 Install the TL1 Craft Interface (ANSI Only) 1-57 NTP- G11 Install an External Wire-Wrap Panel on the AEP (ANSI Only) 1-58 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 5 DLP- G48 Create Login Node Groups 2-28 DLP- G49 Add a Node to the Current Session or Login Group 2-30 DLP- G50 Delete a Node from the Current Session or Login Group 2-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 6 NTP- G30 Install the DWDM Cards 3-39 NTP- G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units 3-41 NTP- G32 Install the Transponder and Muxponder Cards 3-43 DLP- G63 Install an SFP or XFP 3-45 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 7 DLP- G312 Verify the West ROADM Add/Drop Channels 4-18 NTP- G44 Perform the Anti-ASE Hub Node Acceptance Test 4-20 NTP- G45 Perform the Line Amplifier Node with OSCM Cards Acceptance Test 4-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 8 DLP- G280 Delete a PPM NTP- G33 Create a Y-Cable Protection Group 5-10 NTP- G96 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards 5-12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 viii August 2005...
  • Page 9 NTP- G99 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-65 DLP- G235 Change Card Settings for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-66 DLP- G236 Change Client Line Settings for MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-67 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 10 DLP- G105 Provision DWDM Optical Channel Network Connections 7-10 DLP- G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections 7-12 NTP- G60 Create Overhead Circuits 7-13 DLP- G76 Provision GCC Terminations 7-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 11 DLP- G127 Modify Alarm, Condition, and History Filtering Parameters 8-26 DLP- G128 Disable Alarm Filtering 8-28 NTP- G70 Suppress Alarms or Discontinue Alarm Suppression 8-29 DLP- G129 Suppress Alarm Reporting 8-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 12 C H A P T E R Before You Begin 10-1 NTP- G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC 10-2 NTP- G77 Manage Automatic Power Control 10-3 DLP- G157 Disable Automatic Power Control 10-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 13 NTP- G83 Modify or Delete Card Protection Settings 10-31 DLP- G175 Modify a Y-Cable Protection Group 10-32 DLP- G176 Modify a Splitter Protection Group 10-33 DLP- G177 Delete a Y-Cable Protection Group 10-33 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xiii August 2005...
  • Page 14 DLP- G201 Change Optical Line Parameters for OSCM and OSC-CSM Cards 11-6 DLP- G202 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM Optical Line Threshold Settings 11-8 DLP- G203 Change the OSCM and OSC-CSM ALS Maintenance Settings 11-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 15 C H A P T E R Before You Begin 13-1 NTP- G103 Back Up the Database 13-2 NTP- G104 Restore the Database 13-3 NTP- G105 Restore the Node to Factory Configuration 13-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 16 NTP- G119 Power Down the Node 14-1 Shelf Hardware Reference 15-1 C H A P T E R 15.1 Overview 15-2 15.1.1 Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI 15-2 15.1.2 Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI 15-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 17 15.14 ONS 15454 ANSI Alarm, Timing, LAN, and Craft Pin Connections 15-44 15.14.1 Alarm Contact Connections 15-45 15.14.2 Timing Connections 15-46 15.14.3 LAN Connections 15-47 15.14.4 TL1 Craft Interface Installation 15-47 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xvii August 2005...
  • Page 18 16.3 Front Mount Electrical Connections 16-21 16.3.1 MIC-A/P FMEC 16-21 16.3.2 MIC-C/T/P FMEC 16-24 16.4 Optical Service Channel Cards 16-25 16.4.1 OSCM Card 16-26 16.4.1.1 Power Monitoring 16-28 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xviii August 2005...
  • Page 19 16.6.3.3 32DMX Card-Level Indicators 16-55 16.6.3.4 32DMX Port-Level Indicators 16-55 16.6.4 4MD-xx.x Card 16-55 16.6.4.1 Wavelength Pairs 16-58 16.6.4.2 Power Monitoring 16-58 16.6.4.3 4MD-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 16-58 16.6.4.4 4MD-xx.x Port-Level Indicators 16-59 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 20 16.8.2.1 Key Features 16-85 16.8.2.2 Faceplate and Block Diagram 16-85 16.8.2.3 Client Interface 16-86 16.8.2.4 DWDM Trunk Interface 16-86 16.8.2.5 Y-Cable Protection 16-86 16.8.2.6 Enhanced FEC (E-FEC) Feature 16-87 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 21 16-105 16.8.5.14 Jitter 16-105 16.8.5.15 Lamp Test 16-106 16.8.5.16 Onboard Traffic Generation 16-106 16.8.5.17 MXP_2.5G_10E Card-Level Indicators 16-106 16.8.5.18 MXP_2.5G_10E Port-Level Indicators 16-106 16.8.6 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 16-106 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 22 17.3.1 Automatic Node Setup Parameters 17-31 17.3.2 View and Provision ANS Parameters 17-33 Network Reference 18-1 C H A P T E R 18.1 Network Applications 18-1 18.2 Network Topologies 18-2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxii August 2005...
  • Page 23 19.4 ONS 15454 Connections 19-6 19.5 CTC Window 19-7 19.5.1 Node View 19-7 19.5.1.1 CTC Card Colors 19-7 19.5.1.2 Node View Card Shortcuts 19-10 19.5.1.3 Node View Tabs 19-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxiii August 2005...
  • Page 24 22.2.7 Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 Proxy Server 22-12 22.2.8 Scenario 8: Dual GNEs on a Subnet 22-17 22.2.9 Scenario 9: IP Addressing with Secure Mode Enabled 22-19 22.3 Provisionable Patchcords 22-21 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxiv August 2005...
  • Page 25 CTC Information and Shortcuts A P P E N D I X A.1 Display Node, Card, and Network Views A.1.1 Node Icons on the Network View Map A.2 Manage the CTC Window Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 26 B.4.2 OSC-CSM Card Specifications B-14 B.4.3 OPT-PRE Amplifier Card Specifications B-14 B.4.4 OPT-BST Amplifier Card Specifications B-15 B.4.5 OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Specifications B-16 B.4.6 32MUX-O Card Specifications B-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxvi August 2005...
  • Page 27 D.1 Network Element Defaults Description D.2 ANSI Platform Defaults D.2.1 ANSI Card Default Settings D.2.1.1 MXP_2.5G_10E Card Default Settings D.2.1.2 MXP_2.5G_10G Card Default Settings D.2.1.3 MXP_MR_2.5G Card Default Settings D-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxvii August 2005...
  • Page 28 D.3.1.9 OSCM Card Default Settings D-104 D.3.1.10 OSC-CSM Card Default Settings D-105 D.3.2 ETSI Node Default Settings D-106 D.3.2.1 Time Zones D-114 D.3.3 ETSI CTC Default Settings D-117 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxviii August 2005...
  • Page 29 Figure 1-28 Installing the Rear Cover with Spacers 1-65 Figure 1-29 ONS 15xxx FlexLayer Shelf Assembly 1-70 Figure 2-1 Logging into CTC 2-26 Figure 2-2 Login Node Group 2-29 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxix August 2005...
  • Page 30 Figure 8-4 Shelf LCD Panel 8-15 Figure 8-5 Store Profiles Dialog Box 8-19 Figure 8-6 AD-1C Card Alarm Profile 8-22 Figure 8-7 Select Node/Profile Combination For Delete Dialog Box 8-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 31 Recording the Old MAC Address Before Replacing the AIP 13-39 Figure 13-14 Circuit Repair Information 13-40 Figure 13-15 Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover 13-41 Figure 15-1 Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Dimensions 15-4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxi August 2005...
  • Page 32 15-33 Figure 15-33 Alarm Output Circuit Diagram 15-34 Figure 15-34 Filler Card Faceplate 15-36 Figure 15-35 Managing Cables on the Front Panel 15-37 Figure 15-36 Fiber Capacity 15-38 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxii August 2005...
  • Page 33 Patch-Panel Tray 15-39 Figure 15-38 Fiber-Storage Tray 15-40 Figure 15-39 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly 15-41 Figure 15-40 Position of the ONS 15454 ETSI Fan-Tray Assembly 15-42 Figure 15-41 Ground Posts on the ONS 15454 ANSI Backplane...
  • Page 34 Figure 16-59 Laser Radiation Warning—Laser Source Connector Label 16-94 Figure 16-60 FDA Compliance Statement Label 16-94 Figure 16-61 Electrical Energy Hazard Label 16-94 Figure 16-62 MXP_2.5G_10G Faceplate 16-97 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxiv August 2005...
  • Page 35 1+1 Protected Single-Span Link with Active OADM Nodes 17-17 Figure 17-18 1+1 Protected Single-Span Link with Passive OADM Nodes 17-18 Figure 17-19 Scalable Terminal Channel Flow Example 17-20 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxv August 2005...
  • Page 36 Figure 19-2 CTC Software Versions, Network View 19-3 Figure 19-3 Node View (Default Login View) 19-7 Figure 19-4 Terminal Loopback Indicator 19-9 Figure 19-5 Facility Loopback Indicator 19-10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxvi August 2005...
  • Page 37 Shelf LCD Panel 23-2 Figure 23-2 Network View Alarm Profiles Window 23-8 Figure 23-3 OPT-BST Card Alarm Profiles 23-11 Figure 23-4 External Alarms and Controls Using a Virtual Wire 23-14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxvii August 2005...

  • Page 38: Cisco Ons 15454 Dwdm Installation And Operations Guide,

    Figures Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxviii August 2005...
  • Page 39 TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Trunk Port TCA Thresholds 5-24 Table 5-9 TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Trunk Port Alarm Thresholds 5-25 Table 5-10 TXP_MR_10E and TXP_MR_10G Card Client Interface TCA Thresholds 5-26 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xxxix August 2005...
  • Page 40 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Muxponder Card Settings 5-66 Table 5-42 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Muxponder Card Client Service Tab Settings 5-67 Table 5-43 MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Distance Extension Settings 5-70 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 41 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Amplifier Line Alarm Threshold Settings 11-27 Table 11-17 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Card Optical Channel Settings 11-28 Table 11-18 Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Card Optical Channel Warning Threshold Settings 11-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 42 10-Gbps Interface Optical Performance 16-7 Table 16-5 2.5-Gbps Interface Optical Performance 16-8 Table 16-6 DWDM Channel Allocation Plan 16-9 Table 16-7 TCC2 Card-Level Indicators 16-12 Table 16-8 TCC2 Network-Level Indicators 16-13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xlii August 2005...
  • Page 43 AD-2C-xx.x Port Calibration 16-65 Table 16-40 AD-2C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 16-66 Table 16-41 AD-4C-xx.x Channel Sets 16-69 Table 16-42 AD-4C-xx.x Port Calibration 16-69 Table 16-43 AD-4C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators 16-69 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xliii August 2005...
  • Page 44 Span Loss for 32-Channel Ring and Linear Networks with OADM Nodes Using SMF Fiber 18-8 Table 18-4 Span Loss for 16-Channel Ring and Linear Networks with OADM Nodes Using SMF Fiber 18-9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xliv August 2005...
  • Page 45 ONS 15454 Security Levels—Node View 20-2 Table 20-2 ONS 15454 Security Levels—Network View 20-5 Table 20-3 ONS 15454 Default User Idle Times 20-6 Table 20-4 Audit Trail Window Columns 20-8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 46 32DMX Channel Plan B-19 Table B-7 4MD-xx.x Optical Specifications B-21 Table B-8 AD-1C-xx.x Card Optical Specifications B-22 Table B-9 AD-2C-xx.x Card Optical Specifications B-23 Table B-10 AD-4C-xx.x Optical Specifications B-24 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xlvi August 2005...
  • Page 47 TXP_MR_10G Card Default Settings (ANSI) D-25 Table D-7 TXP_MR_2.5G Card Default Settings (ANSI) D-31 Table D-8 TXPP_MR_2.5G Card Default Settings (ANSI) D-39 Table D-9 OSCM Card Default Settings (ANSI) D-47 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xlvii August 2005...
  • Page 48 OSC-CSM Card Default Settings (ETSI) D-105 Table D-23 Node Default Settings (ETSI) D-107 Table D-24 Time Zones (ANSI and ETSI ) D-114 Table D-25 CTC Default Settings (ETSI) D-117 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xlviii August 2005...
  • Page 49 NTP-G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, and Contact Information NTP-G25 Set Power Monitor Thresholds 3-10 NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access 3-11 NTP-G27 Set Up the ONS 15454 for Firewall Access 3-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 xlix August 2005...
  • Page 50 5-12 NTP-G97 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for MXP_2.5G_10G and MXP_2.5G_10E Cards 5-31 NTP-G98 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-48 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 51 NTP-G75 Monitor Transponder and Muxponder Performance 9-19 Manage the Node 10-1 NTP-G76 Verify Optical Span Loss Using CTC 10-2 NTP-G77 Manage Automatic Power Control 10-3 NTP-G78 View ROADM Node Power Equalization 10-5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 52 NTP-G106 Reset Cards Using CTC 13-12 NTP-G108 Viewing the Audit Trail Records 13-14 NTP-G109 Off-Load the Audit Trail Record 13-16 NTP-G110 Off-Load the Diagnostics File 13-17 NTP-G112 Change the Node Timing Reference 13-17 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 53 15-1 Card Reference 16-1 Node Reference 17-1 Network Reference 18-1 CTC Operation Reference 19-1 Security Reference 20-1 Timing Reference 21-1 Management Connectivity Reference 22-1 Alarm Management Reference 23-1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 liii August 2005...
  • Page 54 Procedures Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 55 DLP-G27 Install the DCU Shelf Assembly 1-67 DLP-G28 Install the Fiber Patch-Panel Tray 1-67 DLP-G29 Install the Fiber-Storage Tray 1-68 DLP-G30 Install the FlexLayer Shelf 1-68 DLP-G31 Install the FlexLayer Modules 1-69 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 56 DLP-G62 Provision the IIOP Listener Port on the CTC Computer 3-25 DLP-G283 Provision OSI Routing Mode 3-27 DLP-G284 Provision the TARP Operating Parameters 3-28 DLP-G285 Add a Static TID to NSAP Entry to the TARP Data Cache 3-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 57 DLP-G84 Verify the OSC-CSM Incoming Power 4-44 DLP-G85 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards 4-44 DLP-G86 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards 4-46 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 58 DLP-G230 Change Line Settings for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-50 DLP-G231 Change Section Trace Settings for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards 5-53 DLP-G232 Change TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Line Threshold Settings for SONET or SDH Payloads 5-54 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 59 DLP-G108 Change the Service State for a Port 7-18 DLP-G109 Provision Orderwire 7-19 DLP-G110 Create a User Data Channel Circuit 7-20 DLP-G111 Repair an IP Tunnel 7-21 DLP-G112 Delete Overhead Circuits 7-22 DLP-G113 Print CTC Data Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 60 DLP-G144 Enable or Disable OTN ITU-T G.709 Performance Monitoring 9-20 DLP-G145 Enable or Disable OTN FEC Performance Monitoring 9-21 DLP-G146 View Optics PM Parameters 9-22 DLP-G147 View Payload PM Parameters 9-23 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 61 DLP-G169 Change the Default Network View Background Map 10-27 DLP-G170 Apply a Custom Network View Background Map 10-28 DLP-G171 Create Domain Icons 10-28 DLP-G172 Manage Domain Icons 10-29 DLP-G173 Enable Dialog Box Do-Not-Display Option 10-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 62 DLP-G204 Change Optical Line Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 11-12 DLP-G205 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 11-14 DLP-G206 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings for OPT-PRE and OPT-BST Amplifiers 11-16 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 63 DLP-G260 Clear a Manual or Force Switch on a Node Timing Reference 13-19 DLP-G261 Scope and Clean Fiber Connectors and Adapters with Alcohol and Dry Wipes 13-26 DLP-G262 Clean Fiber Connectors with CLETOP 13-27 DLP-G263 Clean the Fiber Adapters 13-27 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 64 Chapter Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...

  • Page 65: About This Guide

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 66 Document Organization The Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, Release 4.7 is organized into the following chapters: Chapter 1, “Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards”...

  • Page 67: Related Documentation

    (NE) defaults. To edit, import, or export NE defaults, see Chapter 13, “Maintain the Node.” Related Documentation Use the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide in conjunction with the following referenced publications: Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide, Release 6.0 •...
  • Page 68 Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the Note document. Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment Caution damage or loss of data. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxviii August 2005...
  • Page 69 üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung in den übersetzten Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden. BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HINWEISE GUT AUF. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxix August 2005...
  • Page 70 Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medföljer denna anordning. SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 71 About this Guide Document Conventions Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxxi August 2005...
  • Page 72 Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed. GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxxii August 2005...
  • Page 73 About this Guide Document Conventions Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxxiii August 2005...
  • Page 74 Cisco products and to view technical documentation in HTML. With the DVD, you have access to the same documentation that is found on the Cisco website without being connected to the Internet. Certain products also have .pdf versions of the documentation available.
  • Page 75 North America, by calling 1 800 553-NETS (6387). Documentation Feedback You can rate and provide feedback about Cisco technical documents by completing the online feedback form that appears with the technical documents on Cisco.com. You can send comments about Cisco documentation to bug-doc@cisco.com.
  • Page 76 Register to receive security information from Cisco. • A current list of security advisories and notices for Cisco products is available at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/psirt If you prefer to see advisories and notices as they are updated in real time, you can access a Product Security Incident Response Team Really Simple Syndication (PSIRT RSS) feed from this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_psirt_rss_feed.html...
  • Page 77 Cisco engineer. The TAC Service Request Tool is located at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/servicerequest For S1 or S2 service requests or if you do not have Internet access, contact the Cisco TAC by telephone. (S1 or S2 service requests are those in which your production network is down or severely degraded.) Cisco engineers are assigned immediately to S1 and S2 service requests to help keep your business operations running smoothly.
  • Page 78 Severity 3 (S3)—Operational performance of your network is impaired, but most business operations remain functional. You and Cisco will commit resources during normal business hours to restore service to satisfactory levels.
  • Page 79 Cisco experts and other networking professionals. Join a discussion at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/discuss/networking World-class networking training is available from Cisco. You can view current offerings at • this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/index.html Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...
  • Page 80 About this Guide Obtaining Additional Publications and Information Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 lxxx August 2005...
  • Page 81 Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards This chapter explains how to install the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI and Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI shelf assemblies. Where procedures differ for the two shelf types, the procedure will indicate “ANSI only” or “ETSI only.”...
  • Page 82 The ONS 15454 is suitable for mounting on concrete or other noncombustible surfaces only. In this chapter, “shelf assembly” refers to the steel enclosure that holds cards and connects power, and Note “node” refers to the entire hardware and software system. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 83 Single-mode SC fiber jumpers with UPC polish (55 dB or better) for optical (OC-N) cards • Shielded coaxial cable terminated with SMB or BNC connectors for DS-3 cards • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 84 M6 x 20 mm socket set screws (2) • M6 x 20 mm pan-head Phillips screws (8) • Tie wraps 0.125-inch (3.2 mm) W x 6.0-inch (152 mm) L (24) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 85 • 1.0/2.3 miniature coax connectors • Labels Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and can hinder side-by-side shelf installation where space is limited. Note Tools Needed (ETSI) To install the ONS 15454 ETSI, you need the following tools. •...

  • Page 86: Test Equipment (Etsi)

    Open the smaller box of installation materials, and verify that you have all items listed in the “Required Step 4 Tools and Equipment (ETSI)” section on page 1-4 or the “Required Tools and Equipment (ANSI)” section on page 1-3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...

  • Page 87: Dlp- G2 Inspect The Shelf Assembly

    The pins are not bent or broken. • The frame is not bent. • If the pins are bent or broken, or the frame is bent, call your Cisco sales engineer for a replacement. Step 3 Close the front door before installing. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 88: Ntp- G2 Install The Shelf Assembly

    To prevent the system from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum Warning recommended ambient temperature of: 45°C (113°F). Statement 1047 Warning Take care when connecting units to the supply circuit so that wiring is not overloaded. Statement 1018 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...
  • Page 89 DLP-G8 Install the Air Ramp, page 1-19 • Continue with the “NTP-G3 Open and Remove the Front Door” procedure on page 1-20. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 August 2005...

  • Page 90: Dlp- G3 Reverse The Mounting Bracket To Fit A 19-Inch (482.6-Mm) Rack (Ansi Only)

    Step 4 Step 5 Insert the screws that were removed in Step 1 and tighten them. Step 6 Repeat the task for the mounting bracket on the opposite side. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-10 August 2005...

  • Page 91: Dlp- G4 Install The External Brackets And Air Filter (Ansi Only)

    Each time you remove and reinstall the air filter in the future, you must first remove the fan-tray assembly. Do not install an air filter in both filter locations on any shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-11 August 2005...

  • Page 92: Figure 1-2 Installing The External Brackets

    With the fan-tray assembly removed, place the ONS 15454 facedown on a flat surface. Step 1 Although the filter will work if it is installed with either side facing up, Cisco recommends that Note you install it with the metal bracing facing up to preserve the surface of the filter.

  • Page 93: Dlp- G5 Mount The Shelf Assembly In A Rack (One Person)

    (20-A fuse per shelf minimum) is required. Ensure that the shelf assembly is set for the desired rack size (either 23 inches [584.2 mm] or 19 inches Step 2 [482.6 mm]). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-13 August 2005...

  • Page 94: Figure 1-3 Mounting An Ons 15454 Etsi In A Rack

    Use at least one set of the horizontal screw slots on the shelf assembly to prevent slippage. Note Step 8 Using the hex tool, remove the temporary set screws. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-14 August 2005...

  • Page 95: Dlp- G6 Mount The Shelf Assembly In A Rack (Two People)

    Using the hex tool that shipped with the assembly, install the two set screws into the holes that will not Step 3 be used to mount the shelf. Let the set screws protrude sufficiently to hold the mounting brackets. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-15 August 2005...

  • Page 96: Dlp- G7 Mount Multiple Shelf Assemblies In A Rack

    25 mm (1 inch) between the third-party unit and the bottom of the ONS 15454 ETSI. The third-party equipment must not vent heat upward into the ONS 15454 ETSI. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-16 August 2005...
  • Page 97 “DLP-G5 Mount the Shelf Assembly Step 2 in a Rack (One Person)” task on page 1-13 or the “DLP-G6 Mount the Shelf Assembly in a Rack (Two People)” task on page 1-15. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-17 August 2005...

  • Page 98: Figure 1-4 Three-Shelf Ons 15454 Etsi (15454 Sdh) Bay Assembly

    M6 mounting screws for each side of the shelf assembly. Figure 1-5 shows how to mount an air ramp in the rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-18 August 2005...

  • Page 99: Dlp- G8 Install The Air Ramp

    Verify that the mounting brackets attached to the unit are correct for your rack size. Complete the “DLP-G3 Reverse the Mounting Bracket to Fit a 19-inch (482.6-mm) Rack (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-10 as required. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-19 August 2005...

  • Page 100: Figure 15-25 Backplane Covers

    The ONS 15454 shelf assembly comes with a pinned hex key for locking and unlocking the front door. Turn the key counterclockwise to unlock the door and clockwise to lock it. Figure 1-6 illustrates the front door of the ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-20 August 2005...

  • Page 101: Dlp- G10 Remove The Front Door

    As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None For ONS 15454 ETSI shelves: Step 1 Unscrew the nut holding the ground wire to the shelf. Remove the nut and washer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-21 August 2005...

  • Page 102: Figure 1-7 Removing The Ons 15454 Etsi Front Door

    #4 Kepnut (49-0337-01) on the terminal lug using the open-end wrench. Remove the terminal lug and lock washer. Lift the door from its hinges at the top left corner of the door (Figure 1-8). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-22 August 2005...

  • Page 103: Ntp- G4 Open And Remove The Fmec Cover (Etsi Only)

    Security Level None Complete the “DLP-G11 Open the FMEC Cover” task on page 1-24. Step 1 Complete the “DLP-G12 Remove the FMEC Cover” task on page 1-25. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-23 August 2005...

  • Page 104: Dlp- G11 Open The Fmec Cover

    F A N F A IL M IN Use the handles to pull the cover forward. Step 2 Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-24 August 2005...

  • Page 105: Dlp- G12 Remove The Fmec Cover

    Detach the cover from the pin of the hinge. Step 4 Step 5 Remove the cover carefully from the left pin of the hinge. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-25 August 2005...

  • Page 106: Ntp- G5 Remove The Backplane Covers (Ansi Only)

    Small slot-head screwdriver Prerequisite Procedures None Required/As Needed Required Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None Unscrew the five retaining screws that hold the cover in place (Figure 1-11). Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-26 August 2005...

  • Page 107: Figure

    Loosen the nine perimeter screws that hold the backplane sheet metal cover(s) in place. Step 2 Lift the panel by the bottom to remove it from the shelf assembly. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-27 August 2005...

  • Page 108: Ntp- G6 Install The Mic-A/P And Mic-T/C/P Fmecs (Etsi Only)

    The MIC-C/T/P card provides connection for the BATTERY A input, one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs. It also provides connection for system management serial port, system management LAN port, and system timing inputs and outputs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-28 August 2005...

  • Page 109: Figure 1-12 Installing Fmecs On The Ons 15454 Etsi

    M IN Step 5 Tighten the screws. Step 6 Continue with the “NTP-G7 Install the Power and Ground” procedure on page 1-30. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-29 August 2005...

  • Page 110: Ntp- G7 Install The Power And Ground

    Use copper conductors only. Statement 1025 Warning Connect the unit only to DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) Warning requirements in IEC 60950 based safety standards. Statement 1033 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-30 August 2005...
  • Page 111 “DLP-G19 Turn On and Verify Office Power” task on page 1-39. Step 4 Continue with the “NTP-G8 Install the Fan-Tray Assembly” procedure on page 1-40. Step 5 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-31 August 2005...

  • Page 112: Dlp- G15 Connect The Office Ground To The Ons 15454 Etsi

    Prepare the other end of the grounding wire and connect it to an appropriate grounding point in your site Step 8 to ensure adequate earth ground for the shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-32 August 2005...

  • Page 113: Figure 1-13 Grounding The Ons 15454 Etsi

    DLP-G15 Connect the Office Ground to the ONS 15454 ETSI Figure 1-13 Grounding the ONS 15454 ETSI F A N F A IL M IN Ground Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-33 August 2005...

  • Page 114: Figure

    Ground Location on the Backplane FRAME GROUND Step 3 Attach the other end of the shelf ground cable to the bay. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-34 August 2005...

  • Page 115: Dlp- G17 Connect Office Power To The Ons 15454 Etsi

    Connectors must be suitable for copper conductors. When terminating power, return, and frame ground, do not use soldering lug connectors, screwless Caution (push-in) connectors, quick-connect connectors, or other friction-fit connectors. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-35 August 2005...

  • Page 116: Table 1-1 Pin Connection Of The Power Fmecs

    Pin Connection of the Power FMECs Function Cable Color Battery return Black –48 V battery Ground Green with yellow stripes Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-36 August 2005...

  • Page 117: Dlp- G18 Connect Office Power To The Ons 15454 Ansi

    Measure and cut the cables as needed to reach the ONS 15454 from the fuse panel. Figure 1-15 shows Step 2 the ONS 15454 power terminals. Step 3 Dress the power according to local site practice. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-37 August 2005...

  • Page 118: Figure 1-15 Cisco Ons 15454 Power Terminals

    Crimp the lugs onto the ends of all power leads. Step 6 When terminating battery and battery return connections as shown in Figure 1-15, follow a Note torque specification of 10 in-lb. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-38 August 2005...

  • Page 119: Dlp- G19 Turn On And Verify Office Power

    Complete one of the following to power up the node: • If you are using a 80-A fuse panel, insert a 20-A fuse into the fuse position according to site practice. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-39 August 2005...

  • Page 120: Ntp- G8 Install The Fan-Tray Assembly

    ONS 15454 ANSI applications in an outside plant cabinet. Note Error messages appear on the TCC2/TCC2P card, the fan-tray LED, and in Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) when the fan-tray assembly is removed from the shelf or when one fan is not working.
  • Page 121 Do not force a fan-tray assembly into place. This can damage the connectors on the fan-tray assembly Caution and/or the connectors on the back panel of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-41 August 2005...

  • Page 122: Figure 1-16 Installing The Fan-Tray Assembly On The Ons 15454 Etsi

    Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards NTP-G8 Install the Fan-Tray Assembly Figure 1-16 Installing the Fan-Tray Assembly on the ONS 15454 ETSI F A N F A IL M IN Fan tray assembly Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-42 August 2005...

  • Page 123: Figure 1-17 Installing The Fan-Tray Assembly On The Ons 15454 Ansi

    “NTP-G9 Install the Alarm Expansion Panel (ANSI Only)” procedure on page 1-44. Otherwise, continue with the “NTP-G10 Attach Wires to Alarm, Timing, LAN, and Craft Pin Connections” procedure on page 1-47. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-43 August 2005...

  • Page 124: Ntp- G9 Install The Alarm Expansion Panel (Ansi Only)

    Step 1 Remove the two backplane screws. Replace the two screws with standoffs. Insert the longer standoff on the left, and the shorter standoff on the right (Figure 1-18). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-44 August 2005...

  • Page 125: Replace Backplane Screws With Standoffs

    Replace Backplane Screws with Standoffs Longer Shorter Attach the remaining two standoffs on either side of the backplane (Figure 1-19). Step 2 Position the AEP board over the standoffs. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-45 August 2005...

  • Page 126: Figure 1-19 Installing Standoffs And The Aep

    Figure 1-20 AEP Wire-Wrap Connections to Backplane Pins White Orange Black Yellow BITS ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS MODEM CRAFT LOCAL ALARMS IN/OUT FG10 FG11 FG12 Violet Green Brown Slate Blue Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-46 August 2005...

  • Page 127: Table 1-2 Pin Assignments For The Aep

    Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454 ETSI. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right outside edge of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-47...

  • Page 128: Dlp- G20 Install Alarm Wires On The Mic-A/P (Etsi Only)

    Using 0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm² (#22 or #24 AWG) wires, connect the alarm and control wires on the Step 1 appropriate pins of the DB-62 connector. The pin connectors, signal names, and functions are listed in Table 1-3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-48 August 2005...

  • Page 129: Table 1-3 Alarm Pin Assignments

    EXALM8+ Extra alarm 8 EXALM9– Extra alarm 9 EXALM9+ Extra alarm 9 EXALM10– Extra alarm 10 EXALM10+ Extra alarm 10 EXALM11– Extra alarm 11 EXALM11+ Extra alarm 11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-49 August 2005...
  • Page 130 Connect the DB-62 connector to the ALARM IN/OUT connector on the MIC-A/P faceplate. Step 3 Tighten the screws of the connector on the alarm cable. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-50 August 2005...

  • Page 131: Table 1-4 Mic-C/T/P Clock Connector Pin Assignment

    Connect the other end of the cable to the external source of the timing signal according to Table 1-4. Step 3 Repeat Step 3 for each cable that is required. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-51 August 2005...

  • Page 132: Table 1-5 Lan Pin Assignments

    RJ-45 Pin RJ-45 Pin Function LAN 1 PNMSRX+ Connecting to DCE white/green (a hub or switch) PNMSRX– green Cross-over Ethernet cable PNMSTX white/orange — — PNMSTX– orange — — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-52 August 2005...

  • Page 133: Dlp- G23 Install Alarm Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    AIC-I in the Release 3.4 or higher ONS 15454 backplane, and Figure 1-22 calls out the external alarm pins on that backplane. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-53 August 2005...

  • Page 134: Cisco Ons 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 Or Later)

    Alarm input pair number 10: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 11: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 12: Reports closure on connected wires. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-54 August 2005...

  • Page 135: Dlp- G24 Install Timing Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    Input from BITS device 1 ring BITS-1 Output to external device 1 BITS-1 Output to external device 1 ring BITS-2 Input from BITS device 2 BITS-2 Input from BITS device 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-55 August 2005...

  • Page 136: Dlp- G25 Install Lan Wires On The Backplane (Ansi Only)

    A frame ground pin is located beneath each pin field (FG2 for the LAN pin field). Wrap the ground shield of the LAN interface cable to the frame ground pin. Table 1-7 shows the LAN pin assignments. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-56 August 2005...

  • Page 137: Dlp- G26 Install The Tl1 Craft Interface (Ansi Only)

    Using #22 or #24 AWG (0.51 mm² or 0.64 mm²) wire, wrap the craft interface wires on the appropriate Step 1 wire-wrap pins according to local site practice. Wrap the ground shield of the craft interface cable to the frame-ground pin. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-57 August 2005...

  • Page 138: Ntp- G11 Install An External Wire-Wrap Panel On The Aep (Ansi Only)

    None Position the lower cover over the AEP. Make sure that the AEP AMP Champ connectors protrude Step 1 through the cutouts in the lower cover (Figure 1-23). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-58 August 2005...

  • Page 139: Figure 1-23 Installing The Aep Cover

    Alarm Input Pin Assignments AMP Champ Pin Signal Name AMP Champ Pin Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-59 August 2005...

  • Page 140: Table 1-10 Alarm Output Pin Assignments

    — COM_2 COM_3 — NO_3 NO_4 — COM_4 COM_5 — NO_5 NO_6 — COM_6 COM_7 — NO_7 NO_8 — COM_8 COM_9 — NO_9 NO_10 — COM_10 COM_11 — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-60 August 2005...

  • Page 141: Alarm Input Connector

    ALARM_IN_18- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_20- ALARM_IN_21- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_22- ALARM_IN_23- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_24- ALARM_IN_25- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_27- ALARM_IN_26- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_28- ALARM_IN_29- XREF=6 XREF=6 ALARM_IN_31- ALARM_IN_30- XREF=5 ALARM_IN_+ GND2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-61 August 2005...

  • Page 142: Figure 1-25 Alarm Output Connector

    NO_15 GND2 Continue with the “NTP-G12 Install and Close the FMEC Cover (ETSI Only)” procedure on page 1-63 Step 4 as needed. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-62 August 2005...

  • Page 143: Ntp- G12 Install And Close The Fmec Cover (Etsi Only)

    Attach the ground wire to the shelf. Step 4 Attach the washer and nut. Step 5 Step 6 Attach the cover to the shelf using the screws on the top of the cover. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-63 August 2005...

  • Page 144: Figure 1-27 Backplane Attachment For The Rear Cover

    Only six screws (three on each side) line up with the screw slots on the mounting brackets, making the screws easy to locate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-64 August 2005...

  • Page 145: Figure 1-28 Installing The Rear Cover With Spacers

    Figure 1-28 Installing the Rear Cover with Spacers Continue with the “NTP-G14 Install DWDM Equipment” procedure on page 1-66. Step 6 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-65 August 2005...

  • Page 146: Ntp- G14 Install Dwdm Equipment

    DWDM planning tool that is available your Cisco account representative. MetroPlanner prepares a shelf plan for each network node and calculates the power and attenuation levels for the DWDM cards installed in the node. For information about Cisco MetroPlanner, refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide, Release 2.5.

  • Page 147: Dlp- G27 Install The Dcu Shelf Assembly

    Verify that the mounting brackets attached to the unit are correct for your rack size. Complete “DLP-G3 Step 2 Reverse the Mounting Bracket to Fit a 19-inch (482.6-mm) Rack (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-10 required. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-67 August 2005...

  • Page 148: Dlp- G29 Install The Fiber-Storage Tray

    A set of mounting brackets are included with the FlexLayer mounting kit, one set each for 19-inch (482.6-mm) or 23-inch (584.2-mm) racks. Verify that your chassis is equipped with the correct set of brackets for your rack. Change the brackets as required. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-68 August 2005...

  • Page 149: Table 1-11 Ons 15Xxx Flexlayer Hardware Part Numbers

    ITU-100 GHz 2 Ch, FlexMod - 1555.75 and 1556.55 15216-FLB-2-58.9= ITU-100 GHz 2 Ch, FlexMod - 1558.17 and 1558.98 15216-FLB-2-60.6= ITU-100 GHz 2 Ch, FlexMod - 1559.79 and 1560.61 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-69 August 2005...

  • Page 150: Dlp- G32 Install The Y-Cable Protection Modules

    DLP-G32 Install the Y-Cable Protection Modules Step 2 Insert the appropriate module into the FlexLayer shelf assembly. FlexLayer modules are not listed in generated Cisco MetroPlanner 2.5 site plans. Note Use a Phillips screwdriver to install the two accompanying screws.

  • Page 151: Ntp- G15 Install The Common Control Cards

    Complete the “DLP-G34 Install the AIC-I Card” task on page 1-75, if necessary. Step 3 Continue with the “NTP-G16 Perform the Shelf Installation Acceptance Test” procedure on page 1-76. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-71 August 2005...

  • Page 152: Dlp- G33 Install The Tcc2 Or Tcc2P Card

    The red FAIL LED turns on for about 5 seconds. • Both green PWR LEDs turn on for 5 seconds. The PWR LEDs then turn red for 2 to 3 minutes before • going to steady green. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-72 August 2005...
  • Page 153 It might take up to 3 minutes for the A and B power alarms to clear. Note Alarm LEDs might be on; disregard alarm LEDs until you are logged into CTC and can view the Note Alarms tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-73 August 2005...
  • Page 154 TCC2/TCC2P card and install a replacement card. Refer to the release-specific software upgrade document to replace the software. To exchange the TCC2/TCC2P card, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 155: Dlp- G34 Install The Aic-I Card

    If the red FAIL LED is on continuously or the LEDs act erratically, the card is not installed Note properly. Remove the card and repeat Steps to 4. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-75 August 2005...

  • Page 156: Table 1-12 Ons 15454 Etsi Shelf Installation Task Summary

    NTP-G2 Install the Shelf Assembly, page 1-8 NTP-G3 Open and Remove the Front Door, page 1-20 NTP-G5 Remove the Backplane Covers (ANSI Only), page 1-26 NTP-G7 Install the Power and Ground, page 1-30 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-76 August 2005...

  • Page 157: Dlp- G35 Inspect The Shelf Installation And Connections

    (ETSI only) To check that the FMEC cover is seated correctly, verify that it can be easily closed without Step 2 disturbing cables. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-77 August 2005...

  • Page 158: Dlp- G36 Measure Voltage

    Return is open or missing. • Repeat Step 1 Step 2 for the RET2 and BAT2 of the redundant power supply input. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 1-78 August 2005...

  • Page 159: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Connect the PC and Log into the GUI This chapter explains how to connect PCs and workstations to the Cisco ONS 15454 and how to log into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) software, which is the ONS 15454 Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) user interface.

  • Page 160: Figure

    NTP-G19 Set Up a CTC Computer for a Corporate LAN Connection to the ONS 15454, page 2-21 • NTP-G20 Set Up a Remote Access Connection to the ONS 15454, page 2-23 Cisco recommends that you configure your browser to disable the caching of user IDs/passwords on Note computers used to access Cisco optical equipment.

  • Page 161: Chapter 2 Connect The Pc And Log Into The Gui

    Note computer has a faster processor and more RAM. Insert the Cisco ONS 15454 Release 6.0 software CD into your computer CD drive. The installation Step 2 program begins running automatically. If it does not start, navigate to the CD directory and double-click setup.exe.
  • Page 162 Chapter 2 Connect the PC and Log into the GUI DLP-G37 Run the CTC Installation Wizard for Windows The Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard displays the components that will be installed on your computer: Java Runtime Environment 1.4.2 • •...
  • Page 163 Click Next. Click Finish. If you are uninstalling the JRE, click Remove. Note In the Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard, click Next. The online user manuals are installed. Step 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 164: Dlp- G38 Run The Ctc Installation Wizard For Unix

    Change the directory. Type: Step 2 cd /cdrom/cdrom0/ From the techdoc454 CD directory, type: Step 3 ./setup.bat The Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard displays the components that will be installed on your computer: Java Runtime Environment 1.4.2 • Acrobat Reader 6.0.1 •...
  • Page 165 Remove to uninstall the JRE. If you choose Modify and click Next, continue with Step If you choose Remove and click Next, continue with Step Click Next. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 166 Click Next. Click Finish. If you are uninstalling the JRE, click Remove. Note In the Cisco Transport Controller Installation Wizard, click Next. The online user manuals are installed. Step 13 Click Finish. Step 14 Be sure to record the names of the directories you choose for JRE and the online user manuals.

  • Page 167: Ntp- G18 Set Up Ctc Computer For Local Craft Connection To The Ons 15454

    To enable it, see the If DHCP is enabled, it passes DCHP requests to “NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network an external DHCP server. Access” procedure on page 3-11. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 168: Table 2-1 Ctc Computer Setup For Local Craft Connections To The Ons 15454

    For instructions on crimping your own straight-through (CAT-5) LAN cables, refer to the Note Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. For initial shelf turn-up, you should connect your PC directly to the LAN port on the Note TCC2/TCC2P card of the ONS 15454.

  • Page 169: Figure

    The last octet must be 1 or 3 through 254. This IP address appears on the LCD unless its display is suppressed during node provisioning. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-11 September 2005...
  • Page 170 In the Subnet Mask field, type 255.255.255.0. In the Default Gateway field, type the ONS 15454 IP address. Click OK. In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, click OK. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-12 September 2005...

  • Page 171: Dlp- G40 Set Up A Windows Pc For Craft Connection To An Ons 15454 Using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

    Access” procedure on page 3-11. The ONS 15454 does not provide the IP addresses. If DHCP forwarding is enabled, it passes DCHP Note requests to an external DHCP server. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-13 September 2005...
  • Page 172 Step 5 configuration: From the Windows Start menu, choose Settings > Network and Dial-up Connections > Local Area Connection. In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click Properties. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-14 September 2005...
  • Page 173 In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, click OK. In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click Close. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-15 September 2005...

  • Page 174: Figure

    From the Windows Start menu, choose Settings > Control Panel. In the Control Panel dialog box, click the Network icon. In the Network dialog box, select TCP/IP for your NIC, then click Properties. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-16 September 2005...
  • Page 175 In the Gateways List, click Add. The TCP/IP Gateway Address dialog box appears. Type the IP address entered in Step in the Gateway Address field. Click Add. Click OK. Click Apply. Reboot your PC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-17 September 2005...
  • Page 176 In the Subnet Mask field, type the same subnet mask as the ONS 15454. The default is 255.255.255.0 (24 bit). Type the IP address entered in Step in the Gateway Address field. Click OK. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-18 September 2005...

  • Page 177: Figure

    Enter an IP address that is identical to the ONS 15454 IP address except for the last octet. The last octet must be 1 or 3 through 254. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-19 September 2005...
  • Page 178 Enter the ONS 15454 IP address in the web address (URL) field. If the connection is established, a Java Console window, CTC caching messages, and the Cisco Transport Controller Login dialog box appear. If this occurs, go to Step 2 of the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC”...

  • Page 179: Ntp- G19 Set Up A Ctc Computer For A Corporate Lan Connection To The Ons 15454

    DLP-G44 Disable Proxy Service Using Netscape (Windows and UNIX), page 2-22 • Continue with the “NTP-G21 Log into the ONS 15454 GUI” procedure on page 2-24. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-21 September 2005...

  • Page 180: Dlp- G43 Disable Proxy Service Using Internet Explorer (Windows)

    Security Level None Step 1 Open Netscape. From the Edit menu, choose Preferences. Step 2 In the Preferences dialog box under Category, choose Advanced > Proxies. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-22 September 2005...

  • Page 181: Ntp- G20 Set Up A Remote Access Connection To The Ons 15454

    The IP address the modem assigns to the CTC computer must be on the same subnet as the modem • and the ONS 15454. Note For assistance on provisioning specific modems, contact the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (Cisco TAC). See the “Obtaining Technical Assistance” section on page lxxvi as needed.

  • Page 182: Figure

    Step 6 As needed, complete the “DLP-G53 Configure the CTC Alerts Dialog Box for Automatic Popup” task Step 7 on page 2-32. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-24 September 2005...

  • Page 183: Dlp- G46 Log Into Ctc

    LCD IP address display using CTC after you log in. For more information, see the “DLP-G162 Change IP Settings” task on page 10-19.) Press Enter. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-25 September 2005...

  • Page 184: Figure 2-1 Logging Into Ctc

    LCD display. To resolve an alarm, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. If a Java Plug-in Security Warning dialog box appears, complete the “DLP-G47 Install Public-Key...
  • Page 185 ONS 15454. If you need to turn up the shelf for the first time, see Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.” If login problems occur, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 186: Dlp- G47 Install Public-Key Security Certificate

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Step 1 From the Edit menu in node view, choose Preferences. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-28 September 2005...

  • Page 187: Figure 2-2 Login Node Group

    IP Address 192.168.106.143 192.168.105.119 192.168.104.109 Two node ring Three node ring Single Node 2 Node 3 Node 6 IP Address 192.168.103.199 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-29 September 2005...

  • Page 188: Dlp- G49 Add A Node To The Current Session Or Login Group

    From the CTC File menu, click Delete Selected Node. Step 3 After a few seconds, the node disappears from the network view map. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-30 September 2005...

  • Page 189: Dlp- G51 Delete A Node From A Specified Login Node Group

    Click the JRE tab. The JRE tab shows the current JRE version and the recommended version. Click the Browse button and navigate to the JRE directory on your computer. Step 3 Choose the JRE version. Step 4 Click OK. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-31 September 2005...

  • Page 190: Figure

    Error alerts only—Sets the CTC Alerts dialog box to open automatically for circuit deletion errors • only. Never—Sets the CTC Alerts dialog box to never open automatically. • Click Close. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 2-32 September 2005...

  • Page 191: Before You Begin

    Procedures in this chapter require that you have a network plan calculated for your DWDM network with Note Cisco MetroPlanner, Release 2.5. Cisco MetroPlanner is a DWDM planning tool that is available from your Cisco account representative. Cisco MetroPlanner prepares a shelf plan for each network node and calculates the power and attenuation levels for the DWDM cards installed in the node.

  • Page 192: Chapter 3 Turn Up A Node

    NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup, page 3-83—Complete this procedure next. NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations, page 3-84—Complete this procedure next. NTP-G39 Verify OSCM and OSC-CSM Transmit Power, page 3-86—Complete this procedure next. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 193: Ntp- G139 Verify Cisco Metroplanner Reports And Files

    Step 1 provision. The reports and files can be provided in one of the following options: If you have Cisco MetroPlanner, verify that you have the electronic network design plan from which • you can generate the reports in Cisco MetroPlanner. For information about generating the reports, refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide.

  • Page 194: Ntp- G22 Verify Common Card Installation

    Verify that two TCC2/TCC2P cards are installed in Slots 7 and 11. Step 1 Verify that the green ACT (active) LED is illuminated on one TCC2/TCC2P and the amber STBY Step 2 (standby) LED is illuminated on the second TCC2/TCC2P. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 195: Ntp- G23 Create Users And Assign Security

    Verify that the software release shown on the LCD matches the software release indicated in your site Step 4 plan. If the release does not match, perform one of the following procedures: Perform a software upgrade using a Cisco ONS 15454 software CD. Refer to the release-specific • software upgrade document.

  • Page 196: Dlp- G54 Create A New User On A Single Node

    To change the idle times, see the “NTP-G88 Modify Users and Change Security” procedure on page 10-45. Click OK. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 197: Dlp- G55 Create A New User On Multiple Nodes

    If not, click OK and repeat Steps through 6. If the user was added to all nodes, click OK and continue with the next step. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 198: Ntp- G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, And Contact Information

    “NTP-G138 Import a Cisco MetroPlanner Configuration File” task on page 3-82, the CTC node name and the Cisco MetroPlanner site name should be the same or at least easy to identify. Contact—Type the name of the node contact person and the phone number, up to 255 characters •...
  • Page 199 Step 6 corrections. If the information is correct, continue with the “NTP-G25 Set Power Monitor Thresholds” procedure on page 3-10. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 200: Ntp- G25 Set Power Monitor Thresholds

    To change the extreme high battery voltage threshold in 0.5 VDC increments, choose a voltage from the EHIBATVGVdc drop-down list. Click Apply. Step 7 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-10 September 2005...

  • Page 201: Ntp- G26 Set Up Ctc Network Access

    If the ONS 15454 is connected to a LAN or WAN that uses RIP, complete the “DLP-G60 Set Up or Step 6 Change Routing Information Protocol” task on page 3-22. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-11 September 2005...

  • Page 202: Dlp- G56 Provision Ip Settings

    DHCP server. The ONS 15454 only forwards DHCP requests; it does not act as a DHCP server. MAC Address—(Display only) Displays the ONS 15454 IEEE 802 MAC address. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-12 September 2005...
  • Page 203 Both TCC2/TCC2P cards reboot, one at a time. During this time (approximately 5 minutes), the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P card LEDs go through the cycle shown in Table 3-2. Eventually, a “Lost node connection, switching to network view” message appears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-13 September 2005...

  • Page 204: Table 3-2 Led Behavior During Tcc2/Tcc2P Reboot

    Click OK. The network view appears. The node icon appears in gray, during which time you cannot Step 5 access the node. Double-click the node icon when it becomes green. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-14 September 2005...

  • Page 205: Figure 3-2 Selecting The Ip Address Option

    CRIT Push the Slot button to move to the digit of the IP address or subnet mask that you want to change. The Step 4 selected digit flashes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-15 September 2005...

  • Page 206: Figure 3-4 Selecting The Save Configuration Option

    Note The IP address and default router must be on the same subnet. If not, you cannot apply the configuration. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-16 September 2005...

  • Page 207: Dlp- G264 Enable Node Security Mode

    Gateway Network Element (GNE)—If selected, the CTC computer is visible to other • DCC-connected nodes. The node prevents IP traffic from being routed between the DCC and the LAN port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-17 September 2005...

  • Page 208: Dlp- G58 Create A Static Route

    Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed. Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-18 September 2005...

  • Page 209: Dlp- G59 Set Up Or Change Open Shortest Path First Protocol

    ONS 15454 nodes as a unique OSPF area ID. The Area ID can be any number between 000.000.000.000 and 255.255.255.255, but must be unique to the LAN OSPF area. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-19 September 2005...
  • Page 210 ONS 15454 OSPF area. Under OSPF Area Range Table, click Create. In the Create Area Range dialog box, enter the following: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-20 September 2005...
  • Page 211 If you changed the Area ID, the TCC2/TCC2P cards reset, one at a time. The reset takes approximately 10 to 15 minutes. Table 3-2 on page 3-14 shows the LED behavior during the TCC2/TCC2P reset. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-21 September 2005...

  • Page 212: Dlp- G60 Set Up Or Change Routing Information Protocol

    Mask Length—Enter the subnet mask length using the up and down arrows. • Hops—Enter the number of hops. The smaller the number of hops, the higher the priority. Click OK. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-22 September 2005...

  • Page 213: Figure 3-6 Nodes Behind A Firewall

    CTC computer and ONS 15454 behind firewalls. For the computer to access the ONS 15454, you must provision the IIOP port on the CTC computer and on the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-23...

  • Page 214: Dlp- G61 Provision The Iiop Listener Port On The Ons 15454

    When the Change Network Configuration message appears, click Yes. Step 4 Both ONS 15454 TCC2/TCC2P cards reboot, one at a time. The reboot takes approximately 15 minutes. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-24 September 2005...

  • Page 215: Dlp- G62 Provision The Iiop Listener Port On The Ctc Computer

    IP-over-OSI tunnels. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures NTP-G15 Install the Common Control Cards, page 1-71 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-25 September 2005...
  • Page 216 DLP-G290 Enable the OSI Subnet on the LAN Interface, page 3-33—Complete this task as needed. • DLP-G291 Create an IP-Over-CLNS Tunnel, page 3-34—Complete this task as needed. • Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-26 September 2005...

  • Page 217: Dlp- G283 Provision Osi Routing Mode

    IS and ES nodes that reside within its OSI area. It depends upon an IS L1/L2 node to communicate with IS and ES nodes that reside outside its OSI area. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-27...

  • Page 218: Dlp- G284 Provision The Tarp Operating Parameters

    NE from which the PDU was received. The TARP PDUs L2 Propagation parameter is only used when the Node Routing Area is Note provisioned to Intermediate System Level 1/Level 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-28 September 2005...
  • Page 219 LDB Entry—Sets the TARP loop detection buffer timer. The loop detection buffer time is assigned • to each LDB entry for which the TARP sequence number (tar-seq) is zero. The default is 5 minutes. The range is 1 to 10 minutes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-29 September 2005...

  • Page 220: Dlp- G285 Add A Static Tid To Nsap Entry To The Tarp Data Cache

    Click OK to close the Masked NSAP Entry dialog box, if used, and then click OK to close the Step 4 Add Static Entry dialog box. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-30 September 2005...

  • Page 221: Dlp- G287 Add A Tarp Manual Adjacency Table Entry

    Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Router 1 must be enabled before you can enable and edit the primary manual area addresses for Note Routers 2 and 3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-31 September 2005...

  • Page 222: Dlp- G289 Provision Additional Manual Area Addresses

    In the OSI Router Editor dialog box: Check Enable Router to enable the router and make its primary area address available for editing. Click the manual area address, then click Add. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-32 September 2005...

  • Page 223: Dlp- G290 Enable The Osi Subnet On The Lan Interface

    IIH—Sets the Intermediate System to Intermediate System Hello (IIH) PDU propagation frequency. • The IS-IS Hello PDUs establish and maintain adjacencies between ISs. The default is 3 seconds. The range is 1 to 600 seconds. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-33 September 2005...

  • Page 224: Dlp- G291 Create An Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel

    DIS Priority—Sets the designated intermediate system (DIS) priority. In IS-IS networks, one router • is elected to serve as the DIS (LAN subnets only). Cisco router DIS priority is 64. For the ONS 15454 LAN subnet, the default DIS priority is 63. It normally should not be changed.

  • Page 225: Ntp- G28 Set Up Snmp

    Community—Type the SNMP community name. For a description of SNMP community names, • refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. The community name is a form of authentication and access control. The community name...

  • Page 226: Figure 3-8 Creating An Snmp Trap

    The ONS firewall proxy feature only operates on nodes running Software Release 4.6 and later. Note Using this feature effectively breaches the ONS firewall to exchange management information. For more information about the SNMP proxy feature, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Click Apply.

  • Page 227: Figure 3-1 Cisco Metroplanner Shelf Layout

    Purpose This procedure preprovisions the ONS 15454 slots in CTC based upon the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout prepared for your site. Preprovisioning the slots ensures that the physical cards are installed in the slots anticipated by the parameters contained in the Cisco MetroPlanner Assisted Configuration Setup that will be imported into CTC.
  • Page 228 Repeat Step 3 until all the cards shown in the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout are provisioned in CTC. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 229: Ntp- G30 Install The Dwdm Cards

    1040.10 and 1040.11, except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50, dated July 26, 2001. If protective clips are installed on the backplane connectors of the cards, remove the clips before Note installing the cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-39 September 2005...
  • Page 230 Remove the card and repeat Steps to 6. If the card does not boot up properly the second time, it might be defective. Contact your next level of support. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-40 September 2005...

  • Page 231: Ntp- G31 Install The Dwdm Dispersion Compensating Units

    Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout. If OPT-PRE cards are not installed, you have completed this procedure. • If the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout does not include DCUs, install a 4-dB attenuator with a tolerance of +/–1 dB between the OPT-PRE DC TX and RX ports for each OPT-PRE installed in the shelf.
  • Page 232 The west DCU is commonly installed on the left side and the east DCU is commonly installed Note on the right side. Double-check the placement of the DCU(s) with your Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout. If you Note install the wrong DCU in a slot, remove the DCU and install the correct one.

  • Page 233: Ntp- G32 Install The Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    If you install a card incorrectly, the FAIL LED flashes continuously. Note Display Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout (see Table 3-1 on page 3-3) for the node where you will install Step 1 the TXP and MXP cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-43 September 2005...
  • Page 234 Use the latches/ejectors to firmly slide the TXP or MXP card along the guide rails until the card plugs into the receptacle at the back of the slot designated by the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout. If you install the wrong card in a slot, complete the “NTP-G107 Remove and Replace DWDM...

  • Page 235: Dlp- G63 Install An Sfp Or Xfp

    For an actuator/button SFP/XFP: Slide the SFP/XFP all the way into the slot until you hear a click. • For a bail clasp SFP/XFP: Latch (flip upwards) the bail clasp before inserting the SFP/XFP into the • slot and then slide it into the slot. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-45 September 2005...

  • Page 236: Dlp- G273 Preprovision An Sfp Or Xfp Slot

    Repeat the task to provision a second PPM, if needed. If not, continue with Step Step 7 Click OK. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-46 September 2005...

  • Page 237: Dlp- G64 Remove An Sfp Or Xfp

    NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards, page 3-39 NTP-G31 Install the DWDM Dispersion Compensating Units, page 3-41 NTP-G32 Install the Transponder and Muxponder Cards, page 3-43 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level None Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-47 September 2005...

  • Page 238: Ntp- G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables On Dwdm Cards And Dcus

    In this procedure, you will generally connect fibers in an east-to-west or west-to-east pattern. “West” Note refers to cards and ports in Slots 1 through 8. “East” refers to cards and ports installed in Slots 10 through 17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-48 September 2005...

  • Page 239: Figure 3-9 Cisco Metroplanner Internal Connections Table

    Position-1—The first position rack, shelf, and slot. For example, Rack#1.Main Shelf.02 refers to • Slot 2 in the main shelf of Rack 1. Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner Site Dialog window for rack and shelf names and locations. Unit-1—The ONS 15454 DWDM card (unit) that is installed in the first position slot.
  • Page 240 Turn Up a Node NTP-G34 Install Fiber-Optic Cables on DWDM Cards and DCUs • Unit-2—The ONS 15454 DWDM card (unit) that is installed in the Position-2 slot. Port #2—The port identifier shown in CTC for the first Position-2 connection. •...

  • Page 241: Dlp- G65 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For Osc Link Terminations Between Two Adjacent Nodes

    OSC-CSM LINE RX port, and the west OPT-BST OSC RX port is connected to the west OSC-CSM LINE TX port. Figure 3-10 shows an example of OSC fibering for a hub node with OSCM cards installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-51 September 2005...

  • Page 242: Figure

    Chapter 3 Turn Up a Node DLP-G65 Install Fiber-Optic Cables for OSC Link Terminations Between Two Adjacent Nodes Install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Internal Connections table for your Note site. Figure 3-10 Fibering OSC Terminations—Hub Node with OSCM Cards...
  • Page 243 OSC TX connector. Repeat Steps at each node in the network. If this is the final node, continue with Step Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-53 September 2005...

  • Page 244: Dlp- G66 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Hub Node

    In the example, OSCM cards are installed. If OSC-CSM are installed, they are usually installed in Slots 1 and 17. Figure 3-11 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Note Internal Connections table for your site.

  • Page 245: Fibering A Hub Node

    West OPT-BST COM RX to west 32MUX-O COM TX 9 East DCU TX to east OPT-PRE DC RX West OPT-PRE COM TX to west 32DMX-O COM RX 10 East DCU RX to east OPT-PRE DC TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-55 September 2005...

  • Page 246: Dlp- G67 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Terminal Node

    Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner Internal Connections table (see Table 3-1 on page 3-3) for your site Step 1 when completing connections. Before you begin terminal node connections, read the following rules: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-56 September 2005...
  • Page 247 For example, an RX port is connected to another RX port or a TX port is connected to another TX port. Repeat through until you have connected the nodes according to the site plan. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-57 September 2005...

  • Page 248: Dlp- G68 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For A Line Amplifier Node

    Figure 3-12 shows an example of a line amplifier node with cabling. Figure 3-12 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Note Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 249: Fibering A Line Amplifier Node

    East DCU RX to east OPT-PRE DC TX 1. If a DCU is not installed, a 4-dB attenuator loop, +/– 1dB must be installed between the OPT-PRE DC ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-59 September 2005...

  • Page 250: Dlp- G69 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Osc Regeneration Node

    The west OSC-CSM COM TX port connects to the east OSC-CSM COM RX port. • The west OSC-CSM COM RX port connects to the east OSC-CSM COM TX port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-60 September 2005...

  • Page 251: Figure 3-13 Fibering An Osc Regeneration Node

    Slots 2 through 5 and 12 through 16 can be used for TXP and MXP cards. Figure 3-13 shows an example of an OSC regeneration node with cabling. Figure 3-13 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Note Internal Connections table for your site. Figure 3-13...
  • Page 252 For example, an RX port is connected to another RX port or a TX port is connected to another TX port. Step 8 Repeat through until you have connected the nodes according to the site plan. Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-62 September 2005...

  • Page 253: Dlp- G70 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Amplified Or Passive Oadm Node

    OADM nodes, read the following rules for all OADM connections: • The two sides of the OADM node do not need to be symmetrical. On each side, Cisco MetroPlanner can create one of the following four configurations: OPT-BST and OPT-PRE –...
  • Page 254 OADM node with AD-1C-xx.x cards installed. Note Figure 3-14 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 255: Fibering An Amplified Oadm Node

    East TXP_MR_2.5G DWDM RX to east AD-1C-xx.x (15xx.xx) TX West OPT-BST COM TX to west OPT-PRE COM RX 11 East TXP_MR_2.5G DWDM TX to east AD-1C-xx.x (15xx.xx) RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-65 September 2005...
  • Page 256 Figure 3-15 shows an example of a passive OADM node with two AD-1C-xx.x cards installed. Figure 3-15 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Note Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 257: Fibering A Passive Oadm Node

    Route the fiber cable on the card faceplate through the fiber clip on the faceplate, if provided. (Fiber clips Step 6 are factory-attached to the faceplates of 32MUX-O, 32DMX-O, OSCM, OPT-PRE, and OPT-BST cards.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-67 September 2005...

  • Page 258: Dlp- G71 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For An Roadm Node

    Table 3-1 on page 3-3) for your site Step 1 when completing connections. Before you begin connecting fiber-optic cabling for ROADM nodes, read and understand the following rules: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-68 September 2005...
  • Page 259 ROADM node with cabling. Note Figure 3-16 is an example. Always install fiber-optic cables based on the Cisco MetroPlanner Internal Connections table for your site. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 260: Fibering An Roadm Node

    West OPT-BST COM TX to west OPT-PRE COM RX 10 East 32WSS COM RX to east OPT-PRE COM TX West 32WSS COM TX to west OPT-BST COM RX East 32WSS COM TX to east OPT-BST COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-70 September 2005...
  • Page 261 For example, an RX port is connected to another RX port or a TX port is connected to another TX port. Repeat through until you have connected the node(s) according to the site plan. Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-71 September 2005...

  • Page 262: Cards

    Security Level None On the front of the patch-panel tray, push the tabs on the left and right sides inward to release the lock Step 1 on the tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-72 September 2005...
  • Page 263 DLP-G316 Install Fiber-Optic Cables from a TXP/MXP Node to the Patch Panel, page 3-78 • To close the fiber-storage tray, push the tray back toward the rack until it locks into place. Step 3 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-73 September 2005...

  • Page 264: Patch Panel

    Choose either the east or west side of the shelf to cable the 32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards (or the Step 4 32WSS and 32DMX cards for an ROADM node). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-74 September 2005...

  • Page 265: Figure 3-17 Using The Patch-Panel Latches To Slide The Patch Panel Away From The Tray

    Add RX (30.3–36.6) port of the card. If you are connecting to the next MPO cable, plug it into the MPO connector below the previous MPO cable. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-75...

  • Page 266: Figure 3-18 Mpo Cable

    The numbers on the patch-panel bar correspond to a wavelength on the ITU grid. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-76...

  • Page 267: Figure 3-19 Rear View Of The Patch Panel

    Step 14 patch panel. For a terminal node, go to Step 15. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-77 September 2005...

  • Page 268: Figure 3-21 Front View Of The Patch Panel

    Repeat Steps through for all of the TXP/MXP cards that you want to connect to this patch panel. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-78 September 2005...

  • Page 269: Ntp- G141 Install Fiber-Optic Cables For Y-Cable Protection Modules

    To (Y-Cable Port Number) Client 1 TX port Client 1 RX port TXP/MXP 1 TX port 1 TXP/MXP 1 RX port 2 TXP/MXP 2TX port TXP/MXP 2RX port Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-79 September 2005...

  • Page 270: Table 3-5 Cable Connections For Y-Cable Protection Of A Second Client Signal

    The connections calculation is not based on the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout. Calculations Note are based on the cards that are physically installed. If the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout calls for a hub node but OADM cards are installed, CTC calculates connections based on the cards expected for an OADM node.

  • Page 271: Dlp- G72 Create A Dwdm Connection

    Step 5. If errors appear, verify that the cards installed in the shelf match the Cisco MetroPlanner shelf layout. If the wrong cards are installed or are missing, install the correct cards following the “NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 3-39.

  • Page 272: Dlp- G73 Delete A Dwdm Connection

    Onsite or remote Security Level Superuser Importing the correct Cisco MetroPlanner configuration file is very important. Verify that have the Caution correct MetroPlanner configuration file for your node before you begin this task. The file will have the same name as the node name in Cisco MetroPlanner.

  • Page 273: Ntp- G37 Run Automatic Node Setup

    Manually Set column, continue with Step In CTC, display the card where the parameter is to be provisioned in card view. Step 3 Enter the specified Calibration parameter from the Cisco MetroPlanner Installation Parameters table. Step 4 Click Apply. Repeat Steps...

  • Page 274: Ntp- G38 Provision Osc Terminations

    OSC terminations. If you are already logged in, continue with Step In node view, click the Provisioning > Comm Channels > OSC tabs. Step 2 In the OSC Terminations area, click Create (Figure 3-22). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-84 September 2005...

  • Page 275: Figure 3-22 Osc Terminations Area

    ESH—Set the ESH propagation frequency. End system NEs transmit ESHs to inform other ESs and ISs about the NSAPs they serve. The default is 10 seconds. The range is 10 to 1000 seconds. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-85...

  • Page 276: Ntp- G39 Verify Oscm And Osc-Csm Transmit Power

    Complete one of the following tasks, depending on whether you are checking an OSC-CSM or OSCM Step 6 card: • DLP-G313 Verify OSC-CSM Transmit Power, page 3-87 DLP-G314 Verify OSCM Transmit Power, page 3-89 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-86 September 2005...

  • Page 277: Dlp- G313 Verify Osc-Csm Transmit Power

    In the Selector window on the left, expand the West Side parameters tree view. Expand the RX category. Expand the Amplifier category, then highlight Working Mode. Record the WestSide.Rx.Amplifier.Working Mode parameter displayed in the right pane. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-87 September 2005...
  • Page 278 Repeat Steps through 8. If the power level is still not within the specified range, contact your next level of support. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-88 September 2005...

  • Page 279: Dlp- G314 Verify Oscm Transmit Power

    Delete the two OSC channels using the “DLP-G186 Delete an OSC Termination” task on – page 10-41. Complete the “NTP-G37 Run Automatic Node Setup” procedure on page 3-83. – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-89 September 2005...
  • Page 280 Repeat Steps through 6. If the power level is still not within the specified range, contact your next level of support. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 3-90 September 2005...

  • Page 281: Before You Begin

    NTP-G48 Perform the OADM Node Acceptance Test on a Symmetric Node with OSCM Cards, page 4-34—Complete this procedure to test optical add/drop multiplexing (OADM) nodes with OSCM cards installed on both the east and west sides of the shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 282: Ntp- G41 Perform The Terminal Or Hub Node With 32Mux-O And 32Dmx-O Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

  • Page 283: Chapter 4 Perform Node Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

  • Page 284: Dlp- G268 Provision Txp_Mr_2.5G Cards For Acceptance Testing

    In the Wavelength field, choose the first wavelength required by the acceptance test. Step 8 Click Apply. Step 9 Click the Provisioning > Line > [Service Type] tabs. Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 285: Ntp- G42 Perform The Terminal Node With 32Wss And 32Dmx Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.
  • Page 286 Optical Chn Optical Connector [n] > Parameters tabs, where n = the optical connector number that carries the wavelength under test. Click Apply, then click Yes. Step 14 Click the Maintenance tab. Step 15 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 287 Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

  • Page 288: Figure

    In CTC, the MPO connector appears in the card view Provisioning > Optical Connector tab. Each Optical Connector subtab represents an MPO connector. Ports 1 through 32 are the receive (RX) ports; Ports 33 through 64 are the PT ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 289 Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25 at the ROADM node that you want to test. Step 2 If you are already logged in, continue with Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 290 Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If equipment failure alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.
  • Page 291 Verify that no equipment failure alarms appear on the node. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure.

  • Page 292: Dlp- G310 Verify Roadm Node Pass-Through Channels

    An SDCC Termination Failure alarm will continue to appear due to the OSC signal loopback. Display the west 32WSS card in card view. Step 4 Click the Maintenance tab. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-12 September 2005...
  • Page 293 If an east OPT-BST card is installed, display it in card view, and complete Step g. If not, continue with Step h. Click the Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters tabs and read the Power value for Port 3, then continue with Step i. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-13 September 2005...
  • Page 294 OPT-PRE card and the OPT-BST or OSC-CSM card. Complete the “DLP-G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power” task on page 4-41. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-14 September 2005...
  • Page 295 Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Locate the Port 1 Power parameter. Record the value. Display the east 32WSS in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-15 September 2005...

  • Page 296: Dlp- G311 Verify The East Roadm Add/Drop Channels

    LINE RX port. For OPT-BST cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.) Failure to use proper attenuation might damage equipment. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-16 September 2005...
  • Page 297 If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), remove, clean, and replace each cable on the east side of the shelf. See the “NTP-G115 Clean Fiber Connectors” procedure on page 13-25. Step 18 Display the TXP_MR_2.5G in card view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-17 September 2005...

  • Page 298: Dlp- G312 Verify The West Roadm Add/Drop Channels

    OPT-BST LINE TX port to its LINE RX port. For OPT-BST cards, connect a 10-dB bulk attenuator to the fiber. (OSC-CSM cards do not require attenuation.) Failure to use proper attenuation might damage equipment. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-18 September 2005...
  • Page 299 If the power values do not match (+/– 2 dBm), remove, clean, and replace each cable on the west side of the shelf. See the “NTP-G115 Clean Fiber Connectors” procedure on page 13-25. Step 18 Display the TXP_MR_2.5G in card view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-19 September 2005...

  • Page 300: Ntp- G44 Perform The Anti-Ase Hub Node Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.

  • Page 301: Figure

    Create the OSC channels using the “NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations” procedure on page 3-84. From your Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, identify the dropped and added channels that are Step 5 configured in pass-through mode in both directions. Note Configuring a channel pass-through mode means that the channel is dropped along one direction by a 32DMX-O (15xx.xx TX port) located on one side (west or east) of the shelf, and then added...
  • Page 302 Remove the loopback on the east OPT-BST. Step 36 Restore the default administrative state (IS,AINS/Unlocked,automaticInService) on all the ports previously set to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-22 September 2005...

  • Page 303: Ntp- G45 Perform The Line Amplifier Node With Oscm Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.
  • Page 304 If an OPT-PRE amplifier is installed on the west side, complete the “DLP-G80 Verify the OPT-PRE Amplifier Laser and Power” task on page 4-41. It not, continue with continue with Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-24 September 2005...
  • Page 305 Wait 90 seconds, then in node view click the Alarms tab. Verify that the LOS alarms on the east OSCM card has cleared. If so, replace the OPT-BST card. If not, replace the OSCM card. See the“NTP-G30 Install the DWDM Cards” procedure on page 3-39. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-25 September 2005...

  • Page 306: Ntp- G46 Perform The Line Amplifier Node With Osc-Csm Cards Acceptance Test

    Step 3 Click the Alarms tab. Step 4 Verify that the alarm filter is not on. See the “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 8-28 as necessary. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-26 September 2005...
  • Page 307 Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.
  • Page 308 Step 21. If not, perform the following steps: Remove the 10-dB bulk attenuator on the OSC-CSM LINE TX and LINE RX ports and reconnect using only the patchcord. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-28 September 2005...
  • Page 309 Remove the loopback created on the east OSC-CSM card in Step Step 31 Delete both OSC channels. See the “DLP-G186 Delete an OSC Termination” task on page 10-41. Step 32 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-29 September 2005...

  • Page 310: Ntp- G47 Perform The Line Amplifier Node With Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards Acceptance Test

    Verify that no equipment (EQPT) alarms appear indicating equipment failure or other hardware problems. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them before continuing. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures.
  • Page 311 Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_2.5G card DWDM TX port to the OPT-BST Step 11 LINE RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator. Failure to use proper attenuation might damage equipment. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-31 September 2005...
  • Page 312 OPT-BST. Create a loopback on the OSCM card by connecting a patch cable from the OSC TX port to the OSC RX port using a 10-dB bulk attenuator. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-32 September 2005...
  • Page 313 Step 35 configuration. Step 36 Create the OSC channels using the “NTP-G38 Provision OSC Terminations” procedure on page 3-84. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-33 September 2005...

  • Page 314: Ntp- G48 Perform The Oadm Node Acceptance Test On A Symmetric Node With Oscm Cards

    Band pass-through connections are verified separately. Check the site configuration file from Cisco MetroPlanner to verify the presence of dropped or added Step 7 channels configured in pass-through mode in either direction.
  • Page 315 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G93 Verify Add and Drop Connections Step 13 on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards” task on page 4-53. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-35 September 2005...

  • Page 316: Ntp- G49 Perform The Oadm Active Node Acceptance Test On A Symmetric Node With Osc-Csm Cards

    3-83. Step 5 Check the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of added and dropped bands (including 4 channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction. Configuring a band in pass-through mode means that the band is dropped in one direction by an Note AD-xB-xx.x card on one side (east or west) of the node, then added by another AD-xB-x.xx card...
  • Page 317 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards” task on page 4-56. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-37 September 2005...

  • Page 318: Ntp- G50 Perform The Oadm Passive Node Acceptance Test On A Symmetric Node With Osc-Csm Cards

    3-83. Step 5 Check the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file to verify the presence of a dropped or added bands (including 4 channels at 100 GHz) configured in pass-through mode in either direction. Configuring a band in pass-through mode means that the band is dropped in one direction by an Note AD-xB-xx.x card on one side (east or west) of the node, then added by another AD-xB x.xx card...
  • Page 319 If connections have add/drop connections, complete the “DLP-G94 Verify Add and Drop Connections on OADM Node with OSC-CSM Cards” task on page 4-56. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-39 September 2005...

  • Page 320: Dlp- G78 Verify The 32Mux-O Power

    Power value is greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm. If the Signal Output Power is not greater than or equal to 1.5 dBm, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-40 September 2005...

  • Page 321: Dlp- G80 Verify The Opt-Pre Amplifier Laser And Power

    If the optical power is not greater than or equal to 10 dB, do not continue. Begin troubleshooting or contact your next level of support. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-41 September 2005...

  • Page 322: Dlp- G269 Verify The 32Dmx-O Power

    (the maximum allowed error is +/– 1 dBm). Change the Admin State for Port 1 to OOS,DSLB (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI). Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-42 September 2005...

  • Page 323: Dlp- G82 Verify The Osc-Csm Power

    Actual output power is affected by many factors. Always consider the calculated expected power to be a general guideline and not a precise value. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-43 September 2005...

  • Page 324: Dlp- G84 Verify The Osc-Csm Incoming Power

    If you are using a tunable laser, set the output power to a nominal value, such as –3 dBm. If not, continue Step 1 with Step Connect the tunable laser transmitter or the TXP_MR_2.5G card DWDM TX port to the east OPT-BST Step 2 LINE RX port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-44 September 2005...
  • Page 325 DLP-G85 Verify Express Channel Connections on an OADM Node with OSCM Cards Step 3 Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser of TXP_MR_2.5G card to a wavelength (on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) that runs on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the east-to-west and west-to-east directions.

  • Page 326: Dlp- G86 Verify Express Channel Connections On An Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Cards

    COM RX port. Step 4 Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_2.5G card to a wavelength (on the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) that runs on the express path of all AD-xB-xx.x and AD-xC-xx.x cards on the east-to-west and west-to-east directions. Refer to the tunable laser manufacturer’s documentation or the...

  • Page 327: Dlp- G87 Verify The Ad-Xb-Xx.x Output Express Power

    Verify that the Output Express port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-47 September 2005...

  • Page 328: Dlp- G271 Verify The Ad-Xc-Xx.x Output Common Power

    Verify that the Output Com port Power value is greater than the default no-power value of –28 dBm. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-48 September 2005...

  • Page 329: Dlp- G89 Verify Oadm Node Pass-Through Channel Connections

    Step 11 in both directions. Step 12 Tune the tunable laser on the corresponding wavelength. Step 13 Complete the “DLP-G92 Verify 4MD-xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power” task on page 4-52. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-49 September 2005...

  • Page 330: Dlp- G90 Verify An Ad-Xb-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

    Verify that the Power value of the BAND RX (west-to-east) port is higher than the default no-power value of –30 dBm. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-50 September 2005...

  • Page 331: Dlp- G91 Verify An Ad-Xc-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection

    Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs. Change the Admin State of the CHAN RX port to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) for the channel related to the wavelength selected on the tunable laser. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-51 September 2005...

  • Page 332: Dlp- G92 Verify 4Md-Xx.x Pass-Through Connection Power

    Verify the TX band power on the west AD-xB-xx.x (west-to-east): Step 5 Display the west AD-xB-xx.x card in card view. Click the Provisioning > Optical Band > Parameters tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-52 September 2005...

  • Page 333: Dlp- G93 Verify Add And Drop Connections On An Oadm Node With Oscm Cards

    15; west-to-east add and east-to-west drop, Steps through 17. Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_2.5G card Step 1 to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first west AD-xC-xx.x or west 4MD-xx.x card on the east-to-west direction.
  • Page 334 TXP_MR_2.5G card to OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI). Click Apply. Verify that the power value for the CHAN TX port is higher than the default no-power value of –35 dBm. Perform the output power check. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-54 September 2005...
  • Page 335 Due to the OSC signal loopback, an SDCC Termination Failure alarm might be raised. Note Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_2.5G card Step 15 to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x-E or 4MD-xx.x-E card on the west-to-east direction.

  • Page 336: Dlp- G94 Verify Add And Drop Connections On Oadm Node With Osc-Csm Cards

    15; west-to-east add and east-to-west drop: Steps through 17. Based on the Cisco MetroPlanner site configuration file, tune the tunable laser or TXP_MR_2.5G card Step 1 to a wavelength (belonging to the 100-GHz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first west AD-xC-xx.x or west 4MD-xx.x card on the east-to-west direction.
  • Page 337 19. If not, continue with Step b. Modify the OSC Fail Low thresholds. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Optics Thresholds tabs and change the Port 6 opwrMin (minimum power) to –40 dBm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 4-57 September 2005...
  • Page 338 19. If it does not turn up, replace the OSC-CSM card. Step 19 Check the site configuration file from Cisco MetroPlanner and identify the wavelength (belonging to the 100 Ghz ITU-T grid) of the channel running on the first add path of the first AD-xC-xx.x-E or 4MD-xx.x-E card on the west-to-east direction.

  • Page 339: Before You Begin

    Before You Begin Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. Provisioning TXPs and MXPs can be service affecting. You should make all changes during a scheduled Caution maintenance window.

  • Page 340: Ntp- G128 Manage Pluggable Port Modules

    Provisioning or higher The hardware device that plugs into a TXP or MXP card faceplate to provide a fiber interface to the card Note is called a Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP). In Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), SFPs are called PPMs. Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC”...

  • Page 341: C H A P T E R 5 Provision Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    Verify that the PPM appears in the list on the Pluggable Port Modules area. If it does not, repeat Step 6 Steps through 5. Repeat the task to provision a second PPM. Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 342: Figure 5-1 Single-Span Topology

    Line amplifiers can be installed between the terminal sites, but intermediate (traffic terminating) sites cannot be installed. Figure 5-2 shows a point-to-point topology as shown in Cisco MetroPlanner. Figure 5-2 Point-to-Point Topology Site 2 Site 3 Site 1 Site 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 343 Hubs with No Line Amplifiers Site 1 Site 2 Figure 5-4 Hubs with Line Amplifiers Site 2 Site 1 Site 2 Site 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 344: Dlp- G278 Provision The Optical Line Rate

    Click OK. The row on the Pluggable Ports area turns light blue until the actual SFP is installed, and then Step 5 the row turns white. Repeat Steps through to configure the port rates as needed. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 345: Table 5-1 Ppm Port Types

    ONE_GE—One Gigabit Ethernet 1.125 Gbps • The TXP_MR_10G card is the only TXP or MXP card that does not accept PPMs. Note Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 346: Dlp- G279 Change The Optical Line Rate

    Note In node view, double-click the TXP or MXP card where you want to delete PPM settings. Step 1 Click the Provisioning > Pluggable Port Modules tabs. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 347 If you need to remove the PPM hardware (the SFP or XFP), complete the “DLP-G64 Remove an SFP or Step 5 XFP” task on page 3-47. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 348: Mxpp_Mr_10E

    3-3) for your site. Verify the TXP or MXP cards that need Y-cable protection groups. (Cards requiring Y-cable protection are indicated with “Y-Cable” in the Traffic Matrix table Protection Type column. Refer to the Cisco MetroPlanner DWDM Operations Guide for more information.)

  • Page 349: Figure 5-5 Creating A Y-Cable Protection Group

    Revertive—Check this check box if you want traffic to revert to the working port after failure • conditions remain corrected for the amount of time entered in the Reversion Time field. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-11 September 2005...

  • Page 350: Ntp- G96 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Cards

    The reversion timer starts after conditions causing the switch are cleared. Step 9 Click OK. Repeat this procedure for every protection indicated in the Cisco MetroPlanner Traffic Matrix. Step 10 Stop. You have completed this procedure. NTP-G96 Modify Line Settings and PM Parameter Thresholds for...

  • Page 351: Dlp- G216 Change Card Settings For Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Cards

    Transparent • • Mode “16.12 Termination Modes” Section (TXP_MR_10E only) Regeneration Section • • section on page 16-117 for more (TXP_MR_10E only) Line • details. Multiplex Section • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-13 September 2005...

  • Page 352: Dlp- G217 Change Line Settings For Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Cards

    5-4, some parameter tabs do not always apply to both the TXP_MR_10G cards and the Note TXP_MR_10E cards. If a tab does not apply, it will not appear in CTC. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-14 September 2005...

  • Page 353: Table 5-4 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Line Settings

    • • change settings. increments increments Type (SONET [ANSI] or SDH [ETSI] SONET SONET • • including 10G Ethernet WAN Phy • • only) The optical transport type. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-15 September 2005...
  • Page 354 (TXP_MR_10E, 10_GE LAN Phy Value of MAC address. 6 bytes in Value of MAC address. 6 bytes in MAC Address only) Sets the incoming MAC hexadecimal format. hexadecimal format. address. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-16 September 2005...

  • Page 355: Dlp- G218 Change Section Trace Settings For The Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Cards

    In node view, double-click the TXP_MR_10G or TXP_MR_10E card where you want to change the Step 1 section trace settings. Click the Provisioning > Line > Section Trace tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 5-5. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-17 September 2005...

  • Page 356: Table 5-5 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Section Trace Settings

    Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this field updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-18 September 2005...

  • Page 357: Dlp- G219 Change The Txp_Mr_10G Or Txp_Mr_10E Card Line Thresholds For Sonet Or Sdh Payloads

    Types—Multiplex Section or • • Regeneration Section (near end only) Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-19 September 2005...

  • Page 358: Table 5-6 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Line Threshold Settings

    Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-20 September 2005...
  • Page 359 Total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and that were addressed to a broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-21 September 2005...
  • Page 360 (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and had either a bad FCS with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment Error). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-22 September 2005...
  • Page 361 (otherwise, a single network problem might cause a rising threshold to be exceeded multiple times and cause a flood of events). Click OK. Step 11 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-23 September 2005...

  • Page 362: Dlp- G301 Provision The Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Trunk Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    Low, TX Power High, and TX Power Low. You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button Note and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-24 September 2005...

  • Page 363: Dlp- G302 Provision The Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Client Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button Note and click Refresh. Note Do not modify the Laser Bias parameters. Click Apply. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-25 September 2005...

  • Page 364: Table 5-10 Txp_Mr_10E And Txp_Mr_10G Card Client Interface Tca Thresholds

    TXP_MR_10E uses –17 –9 Ethernet ONS-XC-10G-S1 LAN Phy TXP_MR_10G (XFP not present) TXP_MR_10E uses –17 –9 Ethernet ONS-XC-10G-S1 WAN PHY TXP_MR_10G (XFP not present) Click Apply. Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-26 September 2005...

  • Page 365: Dlp- G221 Change Otn Settings For Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Cards

    • mode can be enabled (to provide greater • Standard—(TXP_MR_10E only) range and lower bit error rate). Standard FEC is on. Enhanced—(TXP_MR_10E only) • Enhanced FEC is on. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-27 September 2005...
  • Page 366 Direction—Near End or Far End • Interval—15 Min (minutes) or 1 day • Types—SM (OTUk) or PM (ODUk) • Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-28 September 2005...

  • Page 367: Table 5-13 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Itu-T G.709 Threshold Settings

    Numeric display. Can be set for Words words in the selected time period. 15-minute or one-day intervals. Table 5-15 describes the values on the Provisioning > OTN > Trail Trace Identifier tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-29 September 2005...

  • Page 368: Table 5-15 Txp_Mr_10G And Txp_Mr_10E Transponder Card Trail Trace Identifier Settings

    Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this field updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-30 September 2005...

  • Page 369: Cards

    DLP-G228 Change Line OTN Settings for MXP_2.5G_10G and MXP_2.5G_10E Cards, page 5-44 • As needed, complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-31 September 2005...

  • Page 370: Dlp- G222 Change Card Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    In node view, double-click the MXP_2.5G_10G or and MXP_2.5G_10E card where you want to change the card settings. Step 2 Click the Provisioning > Card tabs. Step 3 Modify any of the settings described in Table 5-16. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-32 September 2005...

  • Page 371: Table 5-16 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Settings

    Squelch • configuration. Card Displays the settings for the card. Display only Parameters Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-33 September 2005...

  • Page 372: Mxp_Mr_10G

    IS,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInService • information about administrative states, see (ETSI) Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and Service • OOS,DSBLD (ANSI) or Locked,disabled (ETSI) States.” • OOS,MT (ANSI) or Locked,maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-34 September 2005...

  • Page 373: Table 5-17 Mxp_2.5G_10G Or Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Line Settings

    Sets the ProvidesSync card parameter. If checked, Checked or unchecked the card is provisioned as an NE timing reference. (This parameter does not appear for the MXP_2.5G_10E trunk port.) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-35 September 2005...

  • Page 374: Dlp- G224 Change Section Trace Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    The Section Trace tab appears only if you have created a PPM for the card. Note Step 6 In node view, double-click the MXP_2.5G_10G or MXP_2.5G_10E card where you want to change the section trace settings. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-36 September 2005...
  • Page 375 Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this field updated. Step 9 Click Apply. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-37 September 2005...

  • Page 376: Dlp- G225 Change Trunk Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    Qualifier, Secondary State. For more information • OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) or about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) Administrative and Service States.” • OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) or Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-38 September 2005...

  • Page 377: Dlp- G226 Change Line Thresholds Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    In node view, double-click the MXP_2.5G_10G or MXP_2.5G_10E card where you want to change the Step 1 line threshold settings. Click the Provisioning > Line Thresholds tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 5-18. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-39 September 2005...

  • Page 378: Table 5-20 Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Card Line Threshold Settings

    Section only. Choose or one-day intervals for Regeneration Section errored an interval option and click Refresh. only. Choose an interval option and click framing Refresh. seconds Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-40 September 2005...

  • Page 379: Dlp- G303 Provision The Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Trunk Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    Select a 15 Min or 1 Day PM interval radio button and then click Refresh. You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button Note and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-41 September 2005...
  • Page 380 MXP_2.5G_10G –24 dBm –8 dBm 2 dBm 4 dBm MXP_2.5G_10E –20 dBm –8 dBm 3 dBm 7 dBm Click Apply. Step 8 Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-42 September 2005...

  • Page 381: Dlp- G304 Provision The Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Client Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    High, RX Power Low, TX Power High, and TX Power Low based on the client interface that is provisioned. You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button Note and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-43 September 2005...

  • Page 382: Dlp- G228 Change Line Otn Settings For Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Cards

    5-25, some parameter tabs or values do not always apply to both the MXP_2.5G_10G and the MXP_2.5G_10E card. When the tabs or values do not apply, they do not appear to the user. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-44 September 2005...

  • Page 383: Table 5-25 Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Line Otn Settings

    Numeric. Can be set for Near End or Far End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, or for SM (OTUk) or PM (ODUk). Select a bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-45 September 2005...

  • Page 384: Table 5-27 Mxp_2.5G_10G And Mxp_2.5G_10E Muxponder Card Fec Threshold Settings

    ITU-T G.709 frames. Level Sets the level. • Section Path • Trace Mode Sets the trace mode. Off/None • Manual • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-46 September 2005...
  • Page 385 Auto-refresh every 5 sec box to keep this field updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-47 September 2005...

  • Page 386: Ntp- G98 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    DLP-G306 Provision the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards Client Port Alarm and TCA • Thresholds, page 5-58 • DLP-G234 Change OTN Settings for TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Cards, page 5-62 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-48 September 2005...

  • Page 387: Dlp- G229 Change Card Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    (**); unsupported wavelengths are gray. The four available wavelengths Note are listed in the Card Parameters section of the window and also in the Maintenance > Info tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-49 September 2005...

  • Page 388: Table 5-29 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Settings

    Click the Provisioning > Line tabs and any additional PPM tabs depending on the client interface. Tabs and parameter selections vary according to PPM provisioning. Modify any of the settings described in Table 5-30. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-50 September 2005...

  • Page 389: Table 5-30 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Line Settings

    Manual Restart for Test: Manually restarts the • laser for testing. SF BER (OC-N and STM-N payloads only) Sets the signal 1E-3 • fail bit error rate. 1E-4 • 1E-5 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-51 September 2005...
  • Page 390 Further wavelengths:1310 nm to 1550 nm • 100-GHz ITU spacing, CWDM spacing Supported wavelengths are marked by asterisks • (**) Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-52 September 2005...

  • Page 391: Dlp- G231 Change Section Trace Settings For Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    Its title changes, based on the current display mode. Click Hex to change the display to hexadecimal (button changes to ASCII); click ASCII to change the display to ASCII (button changes to Hex). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-53 September 2005...

  • Page 392: Table 5-31 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Section Trace Settings

    You must modify Near End, and Far End independently; 15 Min and 1 Day independently; and Line and Section independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button and click Refresh. Modify any of the settings in Table 5-32. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-54 September 2005...

  • Page 393: Table 5-32 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Line Thresholds Settings For Oc-3/Stm-1, Oc-12/Stm-4, And Oc-48/Stm-16 Payloads

    Numeric. Can be set for Near End or Far End, for 15-minute or one-day intervals, for Line only. Select the bullet and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-55 September 2005...

  • Page 394: Fc/Ficon Payloads

    For example, if a network is running below a rising threshold of 1000 collisions every 15 seconds and a problem causes 1001 collisions in 15 seconds, the excess occurrences trigger an alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-56...

  • Page 395: Dlp- G305 Provision The Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Trunk Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    5-34, provision the trunk port (Port 2) TCA thresholds for RX Power High and RX Step 6 Power Low depending on whether the rate is 2R or 3R. Do not modify the Laser Bias parameters. Note Click Apply. Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-57 September 2005...

  • Page 396: Dlp- G306 Provision The Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Cards Client Port Alarm And Tca Thresholds

    Do not modify the Laser Bias parameters. Note You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button Note and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-58 September 2005...
  • Page 397 –15 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FICON1G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –17 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FICON2G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –17 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-59 September 2005...

  • Page 398: Table 5-35 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Card Client Interface Tca Thresholds

    –11 15454E-SFP-200 DV6000 15454-SFP-OC48-IR –31 –4 –18 –5 15454E-SFP-L.16.1 –21 –8 SDI_D1_ 15454-SFP12-4-IR –31 –4 –18 –5 VIDEO 15454E-SFP-L.4.1 –31 –5 –18 –5 HDTV 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-60 September 2005...
  • Page 399 –20 –13 –1 15454E-SFP-200 ISC compat 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX ISC peer 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Click Apply. Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-61 September 2005...

  • Page 400: Table 5-37 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Otn Line Settings

    Sets the signal degrade bit error rate. 1E-5 • 1E-6 • 1E-7 • 1E-8 • 1E-9 • Table 5-38 describes the values on the Provisioning > OTN > G.709 Thresholds tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-62 September 2005...
  • Page 401 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Transponder Card Trail Trace Identifier Settings Parameter Description Options Port (Display only) Port number. Level Sets the level. Section • • Path Trace Mode Sets the trace mode. Off/None • Manual • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-63 September 2005...

  • Page 402: Table 5-40 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Transponder Card Trail Trace Identifier Settings

    Auto-refresh every 5 sec check box to keep this field updated. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-64 September 2005...

  • Page 403: Ntp- G99 Modify Line Settings And Pm Parameter Thresholds For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    DLP-G308 Provision the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G Client Port Alarm and TCA • Thresholds, page 5-80 To use the Alarm Profiles tab, including creating alarm profiles and suppressing alarms, see Note Chapter 8, “Manage Alarms.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-65 September 2005...

  • Page 404: Dlp- G235 Change Card Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    Card Parameters section of the window and also in the Maintenance > Info tab. Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-66 September 2005...

  • Page 405: Dlp- G236 Change Client Line Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more • OOS-MA,DSBLD (ANSI) or information about service states, see Appendix C, Locked-enabled,disabled (ETSI) “DWDM Administrative and Service States.” • OOS-MA,MT (ANSI) or Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-67 September 2005...

  • Page 406: Table 5-42 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Client Service Tab Settings

    Further wavelengths: 1310 nm to 1550 nm • 100-GHz ITU spacing CWDM spacing Supported wavelengths are marked by asterisks • (**) Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-68 September 2005...

  • Page 407: Cards

    Click the Provisioning > Line > Distance Extension tabs. Tabs and parameter selections vary according Step 2 to PPM provisioning. Modify any of the settings for the Distance Extension tab as described in Table 5-43. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-69 September 2005...

  • Page 408: Table 5-43 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Distance Extension Settings

    Numeric. Values are 2 through 256 in Available the number of credits when an ELP login multiples of 2. frame setting is missing or if the ELP login frame cannot be detected. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-70 September 2005...

  • Page 409: Dlp- G238 Change Oc-48/Stm-16 Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    Click the Provisioning > Line > SONET (ANSI) or SDH (ETSI). Tabs and parameter selections vary Step 2 according to PPM provisioning. Step 3 Modify any of the settings for the SONET or SDH tab as described in Table 5-44. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-71 September 2005...

  • Page 410: Table 5-44 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Sonet Or Sdh Tab Settings

    (IS) arrows to change settings. automatically 0 to 48 hours, 15-minute increments • Type The optical transport type. SONET (ANSI) • SDH (ETSI) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-72 September 2005...

  • Page 411: Dlp- G239 Change Section Trace Settings For Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Cards

    Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to change the Step 1 section trace settings. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-73 September 2005...

  • Page 412: Sdh Payloads

    MXPP_MR_2.5G muxponder cards for SONET or SDH payloads. Tools/Equipment None Prerequisite Procedures DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-74 September 2005...

  • Page 413: Table 5-46 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Muxponder Card Line Threshold Settings

    Types—Multiplex Section or • • only) Regeneration Section (near end only) Choose an option in each category and Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-75 September 2005...
  • Page 414 Choose an option in each category and Choose an option in each category and click Refresh. click Refresh. Step 4 Click Apply. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-76 September 2005...

  • Page 415: Table 5-47 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr 2.5G Card 1G Ethernet Or 1G Fc/Ficon

    (MTU). This value is part of HDLC and GFP port statistics. mediaIndStatsRxFramesBadCRC Number of receive data frames with payload cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors when HDLC framing is used. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-77 September 2005...
  • Page 416 (otherwise, a single network problem might cause a rising threshold to be exceeded multiple times and cause a flood of events). Click OK. Step 11 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-78 September 2005...

  • Page 417: Thresholds

    You must modify 15 Min and 1 Day independently. To do so, choose the appropriate radio button and click Refresh. Click Apply. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-79 September 2005...

  • Page 418: Table 5-48 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card Client Interface Tca Thresholds

    –17 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FC2G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –15 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FICON1G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –17 –16 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –20 –3 –16 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-80 September 2005...

  • Page 419: Table 5-49 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card Client Interface Alarm Thresholds

    –18 –13 –1 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FICON1G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –20 –13 –1 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX FICON2G 15454-SFP-GEFC-SX –20 –13 –1 15454E-SFP-GEFC-S 15454-SFP-GE+-LX –23 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-81 September 2005...
  • Page 420 –13 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX Step 8 Click Apply. Repeat Steps to provision each additional client port. Otherwise, continue with Step Step 9 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 10 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 5-82 September 2005...

  • Page 421: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Turn Up Network This chapter explains how to turn up and test a Cisco ONS 15454 dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) network. For DWDM topology reference information and span loss tables, see Chapter 18, “Network Reference.”...

  • Page 422: Chapter 6 Turn Up Network

    “NTP-G80 Change Node Management Information” procedure on page 10-6. Click the Provisioning > Network tabs. Ensure that the IP settings and other Cisco Transport Controller Step 5 (CTC) network access information is correct according to documentation provided by the network administrator.

  • Page 423: Ntp- G52 Verify Node-To-Node Connections

    Step 6. If not, contact your next level of support. Repeat Steps through at each network node. Step 6 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 424: Ntp- G53 Set Up Timing

    OSC-CSM or OSCM card that is optically connected to the timing node. A third option, Mixed, allows you to set external and line timing references. Note Because Mixed timing might cause timing loops, Cisco does not recommend its use. Use this mode with care. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...
  • Page 425 All MXP card client ports are available for timing regardless of the card’s termination mode. MXP trunk ports can be a timing reference when ITU-T G.709 is set to OFF and the Termination Mode is set to LINE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 426 534-655 ft. Line build out (LBO) relates to the BITS cable length. Click Apply. Step 8 Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Note Troubleshooting Guide for timing-related alarms. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 427: Dlp- G96 Set Up Internal Timing

    In the BITS Facilities area, change the BITS In State and BITS Out State to OOS for BITS 1 and BITS 2. Step 6 Disregard the other BITS Facilities settings; they are not relevant to internal timing. Step 7 Click Apply. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 428: Ntp- G54 Provision And Verify A Dwdm Network

    (GCC) connectivity between the TXPs. Step 5 Create the optical channels at all sites according to the Cisco MetroPlanner Traffic Matrix. Complete the “DLP-G105 Provision DWDM Optical Channel Network Connections” task on page 7-10.
  • Page 429 Navigate to the node where the first TXP, MXP, or line card is installed. Display the TXP, MXP, or line card in card view. Complete the “DLP-G136 Clear Selected PM Counts” task on page 9-7. Click the Performance > Optics PM tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 430 After all tests are successfully completed and no alarms exist in the network, the network is ready for service. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-10 September 2005...

  • Page 431: Dlp- G99 Create A Provisionable Patchcord

    In the Termination Node area, type a patchcord identifier (0 through 32767) in the RX ID field. The origination TX and RX IDs and the termination TX and RX IDs must be different. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-11...

  • Page 432: Ntp- G56 Verify The Osnr

    If the OSNR is still too low, contact your next level of support. Repeat Steps for all traffic in the network. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-12 September 2005...

  • Page 433: Figure

    The test signals can be generated by either the actual client device or a test set, whichever is available. Cisco recommends that you repeat this test at each node in the network where protection group traffic is dropped.

  • Page 434: Figure 6-1 Maintenance > Protection Tabs

    Verify that the LED displays on the physical cards in the shelf match the following: Step 17 For the Active transponder slot LEDs: DWDM port is green. – Client port is green. – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-14 September 2005...

  • Page 435: Ntp- G57 Create A Logical Network Map

    On the network view map, right-click and choose Save Node Position from the shortcut menu. Click Yes in the Save Node Position dialog box. Step 5 CTC opens a progress bar and saves the new node positions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-15 September 2005...
  • Page 436 Superusers can save new network map configurations. To restore the view to a previously saved version of the network map, right-click the network view map and choose Reset Node Position. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 6-16 September 2005...

  • Page 437: Before You Begin

    Before You Begin Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide and the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. This section lists the chapter procedures (NTPs). Turn to a procedure for applicable tasks (DLPs).

  • Page 438: Chapter 7 Create Channel And Circuit

    Security Level Retrieve or higher Navigate to the appropriate Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) view: Step 1 To search the entire network, choose View > Go to Network View. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 439: Dlp- G101 View Optical Channel Network Connection Information

    To view circuits that originate, terminate, or pass through a specific node, choose View > Go to Other Node, then choose the node you want to search and click OK. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 440 West to East, the channel exits from the node through the LINE-TX port of the OSC-CSM-E or OPT-BST-E, named the East Side Card by Cisco MetroPlanner (typically these cards are hosted by Slot 17). If the direction is East to West, the channel exits from the node through the LINE-TX port of OSC-CSM-W or OPT-BST-W, named the West Side Card by Cisco MetroPlanner (typically these cards are hosted by Slot 1).

  • Page 441: Table 7-1 Circuit Protection Types

    Unknown A circuit has a source and destination on different nodes and communication is down between the nodes. This protection type appears if not all circuit components are known. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 442: Table 7-2 Cisco Ons 15454 Circuit Status

    This status does not appear for OCHNC circuit types. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 443: Dlp- G102 Filter The Display Of Optical Channel Network Connections

    Port—Enter a port number to filter circuits based on the source or destination port; otherwise • leave the field blank. Type—Choose one: Any (type not used to filter circuits) or OCHNC (displays only OCHNCs). • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 444: Dlp- G103 View Optical Channel Network Connections On A Span

    Step 1 Step Right-click the green line containing the circuits you want to view and choose Circuits to view DWDM Step 2 OCHNCs or unprotected circuits on the span. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 445: Ntp- G59 Create And Delete Optical Channel Network Connections

    “DLP-G105 Provision DWDM Optical Channel Network Connections” task on page 7-10 Step 3 as needed. Complete the “DLP-G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections” task on page 7-12 as needed. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 446: Dlp- G104 Assign A Name To A Port

    (including spaces). Circuit names should be 44 characters or less if you want the ability to create monitor circuits. If you leave the field blank, CTC assigns a default name to the circuit. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-10...

  • Page 447: Table 7-3 Ochnc Channels

    1551.72 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 54.9 192.8 1544.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 56.5 192.6 1556.55 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-11 September 2005...

  • Page 448: Dlp- G106 Delete Optical Channel Network Connections

    West to East, the channel will exit the node through the LINE-TX port of the OSC-CSM-E or OPT-BST-E, named the East Side Card by Cisco MetroPlanner (typically these cards are hosted by Slot 17). If you choose East to West, the channel will exit the node through the LINE-TX port of the OSC-CSM-W or OPT-BST-W, named the West Side Card by Cisco MetroPlanner (typically these cards are hosted by Slot 1).

  • Page 449: Figure

    As needed, complete the “DLP-G97 Provision a Proxy Tunnel” task on page 7-15. Step 4 Step 5 As needed, complete the “DLP-G98 Provision a Firewall Tunnel” task on page 7-16. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-13 September 2005...

  • Page 450: Dlp- G76 Provision Gcc Terminations

    Check the IP box only if the LDCC is between the ONS 15454 and another ONS node and only ONS nodes reside on the network. The LDCC will use Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-14...

  • Page 451: Dlp- G97 Provision A Proxy Tunnel

    If the proxy server is disabled, you cannot set up a proxy tunnel. Note In node view, click the Provisioning > Network > Proxy tabs. Step 1 Click Create. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-15 September 2005...

  • Page 452: Dlp- G98 Provision A Firewall Tunnel

    Destination Address—Type the IP address of the destination node (32 bit length) or destination • subnet (any other length). Length—Choose the length of the destination subnet mask. • Click OK. Step 4 Continue with your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-16 September 2005...

  • Page 453: Dlp- G107 Create An Ip-Encapsulated Tunnel

    In the Circuit Destination area, complete the following: Step 8 Node—Choose the destination node. • Slot—Choose the destination slot. • Port—If applicable, choose the destination port. • Channel—Displays IPT (D1-D3). • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-17 September 2005...

  • Page 454: Dlp- G108 Change The Service State For A Port

    CTC Conditions tab or by using the TL1 RTRV-COND command. For more information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and Service States.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-18 September 2005...

  • Page 455: Dlp- G109 Provision Orderwire

    However, to prevent orderwire loops, provision two orderwire ports (east and west) at all but one of the ring nodes. Click Next. Step 4 In the Circuit Source area, complete the following: Step 5 • Node—Choose the source node. • Slot—Choose the source slot. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-19 September 2005...

  • Page 456: Dlp- G110 Create A User Data Channel Circuit

    Step 6 In the Circuit Destination area, complete the following: Step 7 • Node—Choose the destination node. Slot—Choose the destination slot. • Port—If applicable, choose the destination port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-20 September 2005...

  • Page 457: Ntp- G61 Modify And Delete Overhead Circuits

    Review the text in the IP Repair wizard and click Next. Step 4 In the Node IP address area, complete the following: Step 5 Node—Choose the node that has a PARTIAL circuit. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-21 September 2005...

  • Page 458: Dlp- G112 Delete Overhead Circuits

    Step 3 tunnel, or DCC tunnel. Step 4 Click Delete. Step 5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes to continue. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-22 September 2005...

  • Page 459: Ntp- G62 Create A J0 Section Trace

    (AIS) and remote defect indication (RDI) when the STS Section Trace Identifier Mismatch Path (TIM-P) alarm appears. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide and the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for descriptions of alarms and conditions.
  • Page 460 The expect and receive strings are updated every few seconds if the Section Trace Mode field is set to Auto or Manual. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 7-24 September 2005...

  • Page 461: Before You Begin

    This chapter contains the procedures for viewing and managing the alarms and conditions on a Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) detects and reports alarms generated by the Cisco ONS 15454 and the Optical Networking System (ONS) network. You can use CTC to monitor and manage alarms at card, node, or network level.

  • Page 462: Ntp- G63 Document Existing Provisioning

    Alarms tab to print Alarms window data. The print operation is available for all network, node, and card view windows. Step 2 From the File menu choose Print. The Print dialog box appears (Figure 8-1). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 463: Figure 8-1 Selecting Ctc Data For Print

    Step 4 In the Windows Print dialog box, click a printer and click OK. Step 5 Repeat this task for each window that you want to print. Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 464: Dlp- G114 Export Ctc Data

    If you want to open the file in spreadsheet and database management applications, procedures will vary. Typically, you need to open the application and choose File > Import, then choose a delimited file to format the data in cells. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 465 Navigate to a directory where you want to store the file. Step 8 Click Save. Step 9 Repeat the task for each window that you want to export. Step 10 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 11 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 466: Table 8-1 Alarm Column Descriptions

    Table 8-1 describes the columns in the Alarms window. Table 8-1 Alarm Column Descriptions Column Information Recorded Sequence number of the original alarm. Reference number of the original alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...
  • Page 467 Raised Not Reported (NR) condition White Cleared (C) alarm or condition If alarms are present, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide, the Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide, or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for information and troubleshooting procedures.

  • Page 468: Dlp- G116 View Alarm Or Event History

    From the View menu, choose Go to Previous View. Double-click a card on the shelf graphic to open the card-level view. TCC2/TCC2P cards do not have a card view. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 469: Dlp- G117 Change The Maximum Number Of Session Entries For Alarm History

    Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher From the Edit menu, choose Preferences. Step 1 The CTC Preferences dialog box appears (Figure 8-3). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 470: Figure 8-3 Ctc Preferences Dialog Box

    This task changes the maximum history entries recorded for CTC sessions. It does not affect the Note maximum number of history entries viewable for a network, node, or card. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-10 September 2005...

  • Page 471: Dlp- G118 Display Alarms And Conditions Using Time Zone

    Alarms that have been raised during the session will have a check mark in the Alarms window Note New column. When you click Synchronize, the check mark disappears. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-11 September 2005...

  • Page 472: Dlp- G120 View Conditions

    (OOS-MA,MT) (ANSI) or Locked-enabled, maintenance (ETSI) service state, it raises an Alarms Suppressed for Maintenance (AS-MT) condition. For information about alarm and condition troubleshooting, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Troubleshooting Guide, the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide, or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 473: Ntp- G65 Delete Cleared Alarms From Display

    Step 4 In node view, click View > Go to Network View. Click the Alarms tab and then click Delete Cleared Alarms, referring to the note in Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-13 September 2005...

  • Page 474: Ntp- G66 View Alarm-Affected Circuits

    The Select Affected Circuit option appears on the shortcut menu. Left-click or right-click Select Affected Circuits. Step 3 The Circuits window appears with the affected OCHNC highlighted. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-14 September 2005...

  • Page 475: Ntp- G67 View Alarm Counts On The Lcd For A Node, Slot, Or Port

    If you do not press any buttons, the LCD will return to its default display with the node name. However, if you did not cycle through the options to return to the node status, you will see the slot or port where you last checked status. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-15 September 2005...

  • Page 476: Ntp- G68 Create, Download, And Assign Alarm Severity Profiles

    NTP-G68 Create, Download, and Assign Alarm Severity Profiles A blank LCD results when the fuse on the alarm interface panel (AIP) board has blown. If this Note occurs, contact the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC). See the “Obtaining Technical Assistance” section on page lxxvi.

  • Page 477: Dlp- G121 Create A New Or Cloned Alarm Severity Profile

    Step 8 To see the full list of profiles, including those available for loading or cloning, click Available. You must load a profile before you can clone it. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-17 September 2005...
  • Page 478 Step 13 In the Store Profiles dialog box (Figure 8-5), click To Node(s) and go to Step a, or click To File and go Step 14 to Step b. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-18 September 2005...

  • Page 479: Figure 8-5 Store Profiles Dialog Box

    Click the Only show service-affecting severities check box to configure the Alarm Profiles • window not to display Minor and some Major alarms that will not affect service. Step 16 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-19 September 2005...

  • Page 480: Dlp- G122 Download An Alarm Severity Profile

    If you want to save the profile to only one node, click the node in the Node Names list. • If you want to save the profile to all nodes, click Select All. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-20 September 2005...

  • Page 481: Dlp- G123 Apply Alarm Profiles To Ports

    Click the Provisioning > Alarm Profiles > Alarm Behavior tabs. Step 2 Figure 8-6 shows alarm profiles for the AD-1C card, for example. CTC shows Parent Card Profile: Inherited. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-21 September 2005...

  • Page 482: Figure 8-6 Ad-1C Card Alarm Profile

    To reapply a previous alarm profile after you have applied a new one, select the previous profile and Step 5 click Apply again. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-22 September 2005...

  • Page 483: Dlp- G124 Apply Alarm Profiles To Cards And Nodes

    Alarm Profile Editor tabs. Step 2 Click the profile that you want to delete. (Click the column that displays the profile name to select it.) Click Delete. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-23 September 2005...

  • Page 484: Figure 8-7 Select Node/Profile Combination For Delete Dialog Box

    The Default and Inherited special profiles cannot be deleted and do not appear in the Select Node/Profile Combination for Delete window. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-24 September 2005...

  • Page 485: Ntp- G69 Enable, Modify, Or Disable Alarm Severity Filtering

    The Filter tool icon differs from the Filter button at the bottom left of the screen. Alarm filtering is enabled if the tool is selected and disabled if the tool is raised (not selected). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-25...

  • Page 486: Dlp- G127 Modify Alarm, Condition, And History Filtering Parameters

    The filter dialog box appears, displaying the General tab. Figure 8-8 shows the Alarm Filter dialog box; the Conditions and History tabs have similar dialog boxes. Figure 8-8 Alarm Filter Dialog Box General Tab Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-26 September 2005...

  • Page 487: Alarm Filter Dialog Box Conditions Tab

    “DLP-G126 Enable Alarm Filtering” task on page 8-25), and the parameters are not enforced when alarm filtering is disabled (see the “DLP-G128 Disable Alarm Filtering” task on page 8-28). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-27 September 2005...

  • Page 488: Dlp- G128 Disable Alarm Filtering

    If you want alarm filtering disabled when you view alarm history, click the History tab and click the Step 4 Filter tool. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-28 September 2005...

  • Page 489: Ntp- G70 Suppress Alarms Or Discontinue Alarm Suppression

    Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Caution If multiple CTC/TL1 sessions are open, suppressing alarms in one session suppresses the alarms in all other open sessions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-29 September 2005...
  • Page 490 For example, if you suppressed alarms for Port 1 on the Slot 16 OC-48 card, the alarm object will show “FAC-16-1.” Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-30 September 2005...

  • Page 491: Dlp- G130 Discontinue Alarm Suppression

    Synchronize button.) The AS-CMD alarm with the port object (for example, FAC-16-1) will be cleared in all views. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-31 September 2005...

  • Page 492: Ntp- G72 Provision External Alarms And Controls On The Alarm Interface Controller-International Card

    Step 3 Step Step 4 In node view, double-click the AIC-I card on the shelf graphic. The card view appears. Click the Provisioning > Card tabs. Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-32 September 2005...

  • Page 493: Provisioning External Alarms On The Aic-I Card

    Otherwise, do not change the None default. • Raised When—From the drop-down list, choose the contact condition (open or closed) that triggers the alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-33 September 2005...
  • Page 494 External alarms and controls should be recorded locally for the network element (NE). Both the Note alarm name and resolution are node-specific. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 8-34 September 2005...

  • Page 495: Before You Begin

    This chapter explains how to enable and view performance monitoring (PM) statistics for the Cisco ONS 15454. PM parameters are used by service providers to gather, store, set thresholds, and report performance data for early detection of problems. For more PM information, details, and definitions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide (for ANSI shelves) or Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide (for ETSI shelves).

  • Page 496: Chapter 9 Monitor Performance

    In node view (single-shelf mode), or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the DWDM, TXP, or MXP card where you want to change the PM count display interval. The card view appears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 497: Dlp- G132 Refresh Pm Counts At One-Day Intervals

    In node view (single-shelf mode), or shelf view (multishelf mode), double-click the DWDM, TXP, or Step 1 MXP card where you want to change the PM interval. The card view appears. Click the Performance tab. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 498: Dlp- G133 View Near-End Pm Counts

    If you want to view the near-end PM counts for a subtab, click the relevant subtab(s), located along the Step 3 left side of the Performance tab. Note Performance subtabs vary, depending on the card viewed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 499: Dlp- G134 View Far-End Pm Counts

    Click Refresh. All PM parameters occurring for the selected card on the incoming signal appear. For Step 6 PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 500: Dlp- G135 Reset Current Pm Counts

    Performance window. View the current statistics columns to observe changes to PM counts for the current time interval. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 501: Dlp- G136 Clear Selected Pm Counts

    From the Clear Statistics dialog box, click OK to clear the selected statistics. Click Yes to confirm the Step 7 change. Verify that the selected PM counts have been cleared. Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 502: Dlp- G137 Set Auto-Refresh Interval For Displayed Pm Counts

    If the auto-refresh interval is set to None, the PM counts that appear are not updated unless you click Refresh. Step 7 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 503: Dlp- G138 Refresh Pm Counts For A Different Port

    DLP-G139 View Optical Service Channel PM Parameters, page 9-10. • DLP-G140 View Optical Amplifier Power Statistics, page 9-12. • DLP-G141 View Optical Power Statistics for 32MUX-O, 32-WSS, 32-DMX-O, and 32DMX Cards, • page 9-13. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 September 2005...

  • Page 504: Dlp- G139 View Optical Service Channel Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the OSCM or OSC-CSM card where you want to view PM counts. The card Step 1 view appears. Step 2 Click the Performance > OC3 Line tabs (Figure 9-1). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-10 September 2005...

  • Page 505: Figure

    7—OSC TX (available only on the OSC-CSM card) Click Refresh. The minimum, maximum, and average optical power statistics for the selected line port Step 6 appear. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-11 September 2005...

  • Page 506: Dlp- G140 View Optical Amplifier Power Statistics

    In the Port drop-down list, choose an optical line port where you want to view the optical power Step 3 statistics: For the OPT-PRE card, the following ports are available to view: • 1—COM RX – 3—DC RX – Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-12 September 2005...

  • Page 507: Dlp- G141 View Optical Power Statistics For 32Mux-O, 32-Wss, 32-Dmx-O, And 32Dmx Cards

    In node view, double-click the 32MUX-O, 32WSS, 32-DMX-O, or 32DMX card where you want to view Step 1 PM counts. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Optical Chn tabs (Figure 9-3 on page 9-14). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-13 September 2005...

  • Page 508: Optical Channel Tab In The Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Card View Performance Window

    For a 32DMX or 32DMX-O card, accept the default port (33). Click Refresh. Optical channel power statistics (minimum, maximum, average) for the selected port Step 7 appear. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 8 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-14 September 2005...

  • Page 509: Dlp- G276 View 4-Channel Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Optical Power Statistics

    To change the auto-refresh interval, click Auto Refresh and choose one of the automatic refresh Step 5 intervals: None, 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 3 minutes, or 5 minutes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-15 September 2005...

  • Page 510: Dlp- G142 View Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Power Statistics

    In node view, double-click the optical AD-xC-xx.x card where you want to view the optical power Step 1 statistics. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Optical Line tabs (Figure 9-5). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-16 September 2005...

  • Page 511: Optical Line Tab In The Channel Filter Oadm Card View Performance Window

    Click the Optical Chn tab. Step 6 In the Port drop-down list, choose an optical channel port (Table 9-1) where you want to view the optical power statistics. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-17 September 2005...

  • Page 512: Table 9-2 Channel Oadm Optical Line Ports

    9-3) where you want to view the optical power statistics. Table 9-3 Band OADM Optical Line Ports Port Number Port Name AD-1B-xx.x AD-4B-xx.x EXP RX EXP TX COM RX COM TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-18 September 2005...

  • Page 513: Ntp- G75 Monitor Transponder And Muxponder Performance

    Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25 at the node that you want to monitor. If you Step 1 are already logged in, continue with Step Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-19 September 2005...

  • Page 514: Dlp- G144 Enable Or Disable Otn Itu-T G.709 Performance Monitoring

    If not, go to Step DLP-G108 Change the Service State for a Port, page 7-18 to set the port to Out of Service, Disabled (OOS,DSBLD). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-20 September 2005...

  • Page 515: Dlp- G145 Enable Or Disable Otn Fec Performance Monitoring

    Click the Performance tab to view PM parameters. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the Step 6 “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. If you set the port’s service state to OOS,DSBLD in Step 2, set the port’s service state back to...

  • Page 516: Dlp- G146 View Optics Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the transponder or muxponder card where you want to view PM counts. The Step 1 card view appears. Click the Performance > Optics PM tabs (Figure 9-6). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-22 September 2005...

  • Page 517: Dlp- G147 View Payload Pm Parameters

    Step 3 tabs. The PM parameter values appear in the Curr (current) and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 518: Viewing Payload Performance Monitoring Information

    Step 4 tabs The PM parameter values appear in the Curr (current), and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 519: Dlp- G148 View Otn Pm Parameters

    Viewing OTN ITU-T G.709 Performance Monitoring Information Card View Performance G.709 PM OTN PM tab Directions radio buttons Intervals radio buttons Signal-type Refresh Auto-refresh Baseline Clear Help port menu button menu button button button Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-25 September 2005...

  • Page 520: Viewing Otn Fec Performance Monitoring Information

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column. The PM parameter values appear in the Curr (current) and Prev-n (previous) columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 521: Dlp- G149 View Payload Statistics Pm Parameters

    Step 4 in the Port # columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...

  • Page 522: Dlp- G150 View Payload Utilization Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to view PM counts. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Payload PM > Utilization tabs (Figure 9-11). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-28 September 2005...

  • Page 523: Utilization Tab On The Card View Performance Window

    Step 5 in the Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. To refresh, reset, or clear PM counts, see the “NTP-G73 Change the PM Display”...

  • Page 524: Dlp- G151 View Payload History Pm Parameters

    View the PM parameter names that appear in the Param column. The PM parameter values appear in the Step 5 Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-30...

  • Page 525: Dlp- G152 View Payload Sonet Pm Parameters

    In node view, double-click the MXP_MR_2.5G or MXPP_MR_2.5G card where you want to view PM counts. The card view appears. Click the Performance > Payload PM > SONET PM tabs (Figure 9-13). Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 9-31 September 2005...

  • Page 526: Figure

    Step 4 Prev-n columns. For PM parameter definitions, refer to the “Performance Monitoring” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. The MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards support only the OC48/STM16 payload. Each Note payload has a set of PM parameters.

  • Page 527: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Manage the Node This chapter explains how to modify node provisioning for the Cisco ONS 15454 and perform common management tasks such as monitoring the dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) automatic power control (APC) and span loss values. To provision a new node, see Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node.”...

  • Page 528: Chapter 10 Manage The Node

    Purpose This procedure verifies the span loss between two DWDM nodes using Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Perform this procedure after a node or network modification has occurred and you want to verify that the span loss between the nodes has not changed.

  • Page 529: Ntp- G77 Manage Automatic Power Control

    The minimum and maximum expected span loss values are calculated by Note Cisco MetroPlanner and imported to the node when you perform the “NTP-G138 Import a Cisco MetroPlanner Configuration File” task on page 3-82.

  • Page 530: Dlp- G157 Disable Automatic Power Control

    Leaving APC disabled can cause traffic loss. In node view, click the Maintenance > DWDM > APC tabs. Step 1 Click Enable APC. Step 2 In the confirmation dialog box, Click Yes. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-4 September 2005...

  • Page 531: Dlp- G159 Refresh Automatic Power Control Information

    DLP-G159 Refresh Automatic Power Control Information Purpose This task refreshes the DWDM APC information. Tools/Equipment A node provisioning plan prepared by Cisco MetroPlanner is required. Prerequisite Procedures All procedures in the following chapters: Chapter 3, “Turn Up a Node” Chapter 6, “Turn Up Network”...

  • Page 532: Ntp- G80 Change Node Management Information

    10-8, as needed. Step 5 After confirming the changes, complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Step 6 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-6 September 2005...

  • Page 533: Dlp- G160 Change The Node Name, Date, Time, And Contact Information

    “NTP-G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, and Contact Information” procedure on page 3-8 detailed field descriptions. Click Apply. Step 3 Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-7 September 2005...

  • Page 534: Dlp- G161 Change The Login Legal Disclaimer

    If you want to preview your changed statement and formatting, click the Preview subtab. Step 3 Click Apply. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-8 September 2005...

  • Page 535: Ntp- G134 Modify Osi Provisioning

    Provisioning or higher Additional information about the ONS 15454 implementation of OSI is provided in the “Management Note Network Connectivity” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual. Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 1 Step 2.

  • Page 536: Dlp- G284 Modify The Tarp Operating Parameters

    TARP Type 4 PDUs (TID to NSAP updates or corrections). TARP 3 PDUs are responses to Type 1 and Type 2 PDUs. The TDC can also be populated with static entries entered on the TARP > Static TDC tab. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-10 September 2005...
  • Page 537 NE TID. The default is 20 seconds. The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. The T1, T2, and T4 timers are not used if TARP PDUs Origination is not enabled. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-11 September 2005...

  • Page 538: Dlp- G285 Add A Static Tid To Nsap Entry To The Tarp Data Cache

    Click the static entry that you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete Static Entry. Step 3 In the Delete TDC Entry dialog box, click Yes. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-12 September 2005...

  • Page 539: Dlp- G287 Add A Tarp Manual Adjacency Table Entry

    If TARP manual adjacency is the only means of communication to a group of nodes, loss of visibility Caution will occur when the adjacency table entry is removed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-13 September 2005...

  • Page 540: Dlp- G293 Change The Osi Routing Mode

    End System—The ONS 15454 performs OSI IS functions. It communicates with IS and ES nodes • that reside within its OSI area. It depends upon an IS L1/L2 node to communicate with IS and ES nodes that reside outside its OSI area. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-14 September 2005...

  • Page 541: Dlp- G294 Edit The Osi Router Configuration

    ISs and the ES-IS and IS-IS protocols are provided in Chapter 22, “Management Connectivity Reference.” Although Cisco does not recommend changing the LSP buffer sizes, you can adjust the buffers in the Step 4 following fields: L1 LSP Buffer Size—Adjusts the Level 1 link state PDU buffer size.

  • Page 542: Dlp- G295 Edit The Osi Subnetwork Point Of Attachment

    You cannot change the parameters after the subnet is created. To change the DIS Priority and IS-IS Cost parameters, delete the subnet and create a new one. Click OK. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-16 September 2005...

  • Page 543: Dlp- G296 Edit An Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel

    GRE header to each IP packet. The two tunnel types are not compatible. Most Cisco routers support the Cisco IP tunnel, while only a few support both GRE and Cisco IP tunnels. You generally should create Cisco IP tunnels if you are tunneling between two Cisco routers or between a Cisco router and an ONS node.

  • Page 544: Dlp- G297 Delete An Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel

    “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Perform any of the following tasks as needed: Step 3 DLP-G162 Change IP Settings, page 10-19 • DLP-G265 Lock Node Security, page 10-20 • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-18 September 2005...

  • Page 545: Dlp- G162 Change Ip Settings

    Suppress CTC IP Display • • LCD IP Setting • Default Router • Forward DHCP Request To Net/Subnet Mask Length • TCC CORBA (IIOP) Listener Port • Gateway Settings • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-19 September 2005...

  • Page 546: Dlp- G265 Lock Node Security

    Confirm that the changes appear on the Provisioning > Network > General tab. If not, refer to the Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. Return to your originating procedure (NTP).

  • Page 547: Dlp- G266 Modify Backplane Port Ip Settings

    If you changed the IP address, subnet mask, or default router, the node will reboot. This will take 5 to 10 minutes. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-21 September 2005...

  • Page 548: Dlp- G267 Disable Node Security Mode

    Within the next 30 to 40 seconds, the TCC2Ps reboot. CTC switches to network view, and the CTC Alerts dialog box appears. In network view, the node changes to grey and a DISCONNECTED condition appears. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-22 September 2005...

  • Page 549: Dlp- G163 Modify A Static Route

    • See the “DLP-G58 Create a Static Route” task on page 3-18 for detailed field descriptions. Click OK. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-23 September 2005...

  • Page 550: Dlp- G164 Delete A Static Route

    In the OSPF on LAN area, uncheck the OSPF active on LAN check box. Step 2 Click Apply. Confirm that the changes appear. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-24 September 2005...

  • Page 551: Dlp- G166 Delete A Proxy Tunnel

    Click the Provisioning > Network > Firewall subtabs. Step 1 Click the firewall tunnel that you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete. Step 3 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-25 September 2005...

  • Page 552: Ntp- G82 Customize The Ctc Network View

    From the View menu in CTC, choose Go to Network View. Step 1 If you want to change a domain background, double-click the domain. If not, continue with Step Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-26 September 2005...

  • Page 553: Dlp- G169 Change The Default Network View Background Map

    If you want to change the magnification of the icons, right-click the network view and choose Zoom In. Step 13 Repeat until the ONS 15454 icons are displayed at the magnification you want. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 14 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-27 September 2005...

  • Page 554: Dlp- G170 Apply A Custom Network View Background Map

    Required/As Needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher Domains created by one user are visible to all users who log into the network. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-28 September 2005...

  • Page 555: Dlp- G172 Manage Domain Icons

    Double-click the domain icon. • Right-click the domain and choose Open Domain. Return to network Right-click the domain view area and choose Go to Parent View from the view shortcut menu. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-29 September 2005...

  • Page 556: Dlp- G173 Enable Dialog Box Do-Not-Display Option

    Don’t Show Any—Hides all do-not-display check boxes. • Show All—Overrides do-not-display check box selections and displays all dialog boxes. • Click OK. Step 4 Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-30 September 2005...

  • Page 557: Dlp- G174 Switch Between Tdm And Dwdm Network Views

    DLP-G176 Modify a Splitter Protection Group, page 10-33 • DLP-G177 Delete a Y-Cable Protection Group, page 10-33 • Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-31 September 2005...

  • Page 558: Dlp- G175 Modify A Y-Cable Protection Group

    Traffic can revert when conditions causing the switch are cleared. Click OK. Confirm that the changes appear. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-32 September 2005...

  • Page 559: Dlp- G176 Modify A Splitter Protection Group

    In node view, click the Provisioning > Protection tabs. In the Protection Groups area, click the protection group you want to delete. Step 2 Click Delete. Step 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-33 September 2005...

  • Page 560: Switching Commands

    To remove a lock-on or lockout and return a protection group to its usual switching method, complete Step 7 “DLP-G183 Clear a Lock-On or Lockout” task on page 10-38. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-34 September 2005...

  • Page 561: Dlp- G178 Apply A Manual Y-Cable Or Splitter Protection Switch

    In node view, click the Maintenance > Protection tabs. Step 1 In the Protection Groups list, click the Y-cable or splitter protection group where you want to apply the Step 2 Force protection switch. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-35 September 2005...

  • Page 562: Dlp- G180 Clear A Manual Or Force Y-Cable Or Splitter Protection Switch

    In the Switch Commands drop-down list, click Clear. Step 4 Step 5 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. The Manual or Force protection switch is cleared. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-36 September 2005...

  • Page 563: Dlp- G181 Apply A Lock-On

    You can apply the lockout to the protect/standby card or port. If the protect card or port is active (traffic Note is switched), the lockout task cannot be performed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-37 September 2005...

  • Page 564: Dlp- G183 Clear A Lock-On Or Lockout

    In the Inhibit Switching drop-down list, click Unlock. Step 4 Click Yes in the confirmation dialog box. Step 5 The lock-on or lockout is cleared. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-38 September 2005...

  • Page 565: Ntp- G85 Modify Or Delete Osc Terminations, Gcc Terminations, And Provisionable Patchcords

    “DLP-G186 Delete an OSC Termination” task on • page 10-41. To delete a provisionable patchcord, complete the “DLP-G187 Delete a Provisionable Patchcord” • task on page 10-42. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-39 September 2005...

  • Page 566: Dlp- G184 Change A Gcc Termination

    Deleting the GCC termination on a port also deletes any provisionable patchcord links that might exist Note on the port. Step 1 Click the Provisioning > Comm Channel > GCC tabs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-40 September 2005...

  • Page 567: Dlp- G186 Delete An Osc Termination

    Until all network OSC terminations are deleted, loss of signal (LOS) or power failure alarms on the OPT-BST amplifier, OSCM card, and OSC-CSM card might appear. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-41 September 2005...

  • Page 568: Dlp- G187 Delete A Provisionable Patchcord

    The pass-through connection that you are removing can be connected in both OADM and hub nodes. For a hub node—Connect the 32DMX-O or 32DMX output port to the 32MUX-O input port. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-42 September 2005...
  • Page 569 Check all the fiber adapters to minimize their insertion losses. See the “NTP-G115 Clean Fiber Connectors” procedure on page 13-25 for instructions. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-43 September 2005...

  • Page 570: Ntp- G87 Change Node Timing Parameters

    In the General Timing section, change any of the following information: Step 4 Timing Mode • Because mixed timing can cause timing loops, Cisco does not recommend using the Note Mixed Timing option. Use this mode with care. SSM Message Set •...

  • Page 571: Ntp- G88 Modify Users And Change Security

    “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25. If you are already logged in, continue with Step 1 Step 2. Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-45 September 2005...

  • Page 572: Dlp- G188 Change Security Policy For A Single Node

    Lockout Duration—Sets the amount of time the user will be locked out after a failed login. You can choose a value between 0 and 10 minutes, and 0 and 55 seconds (in five-second intervals). Note Manual Unlock by Superuser and Lockout Duration are mutually exclusive. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-46 September 2005...

  • Page 573: Dlp- G189 Change Security Policy For Multiple Nodes

    PROVISIONING, or SUPERUSER. The idle period time range is 0 and 16 hours, and 0 and 59 minutes. The user is logged out after the idle user timeout period is reached. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-47...
  • Page 574 Step 10 In the Security Policy Change Results dialog box, confirm that the changes are correct, then click OK. Step 11 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 12 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-48 September 2005...

  • Page 575: Dlp- G317 Change Node Access And Pm Clearing Privilege

    Select the Enable Craft Port check box to turn on the shelf controller serial ports. Step 6 Select the EMS access state from the list. Available states are Non-Secure and Secure (allows access Step 7 using SSH). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-49 September 2005...

  • Page 576: Dlp- G191 Change User Password And Security Level On A Single Node

    User settings that you changed during this task will not appear until that user logs off and logs Note back in. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-50 September 2005...

  • Page 577: Dlp- G192 Change User Password And Security Level For Multiple Nodes

    (all network nodes are selected by default). Click OK. A Change Results confirmation dialog box appears. Step 6 Click OK to acknowledge the changes. Step 7 Step 8 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-51 September 2005...

  • Page 578: Dlp- G193 Delete A User From A Single Node

    “DLP-G196 Note Log Out a User on Multiple Nodes” task on page 10-54, or you can choose the “Logout before delete” option in the Delete User dialog box. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-52 September 2005...

  • Page 579: Dlp- G195 Log Out A User On A Single Node

    “DLP-G188 Change Security Policy for a Single Node” task on page 10-46 for more information. Click OK. Step 4 Click OK to confirm the logout. Step 5 Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-53 September 2005...

  • Page 580: Dlp- G196 Log Out A User On Multiple Nodes

    (all network nodes are selected by default). Step 8 Click OK. Step 9 Click OK in the confirmation dialog box. Step 10 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-54 September 2005...

  • Page 581: Dlp- G281 Configure The Node For Radius Authentication

    RADIUS server to the list of authenticators. If you do not add the node to a RADIUS server prior to activating RADIUS authentication, no user will be able to access the node. Refer to the User Guide for Cisco Secure ACS for Windows Server for more information about adding a node to a RADIUS server.

  • Page 582: Radius Server Tab

    RADIUS server prior to activating RADIUS authentication, no user will be able to access the node. Refer to the User Guide for Cisco Secure ACS for Windows Server for more information about adding a node to a RADIUS server.

  • Page 583: Dlp- G282 View And Terminate Active Logins

    • Last activity time • Click Logout to end the session of every logged-in user. This will log out all current users, excluding Step 2 the initiating Superuser. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-57 September 2005...

  • Page 584: Ntp- G131 Convert Dwdm Nodes To Hybrid Nodes

    You cannot perform this upgrade on software released prior to Software Release 4.6. Note Downgrade procedures from OSC-CSM cards to OSCM cards are not supported. Contact the Note Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for more information. See the “Obtaining Technical Assistance” section on page lxxvi.
  • Page 585 If an OSCM card was removed from Slot 8 and an OSC-CSM card was installed in Slots 12 to 17, modify Step 11 the OSC-CSM line direction from east-to-west to west-to-east. The Cisco MetroPlanner configuration file labels the OSC-CSM card as west even if it is Note installed in the east side of the node.
  • Page 586 Chapter 10 Manage the Node NTP-G131 Convert DWDM Nodes to Hybrid Nodes The Cisco MetroPlanner configuration file will label the OSC-CSM card as east even if it is Note installed in the west side of the node. To modify the OSC-CSM card line direction, double-click the OSC-CSM card in node view. The card view appears.

  • Page 587: Ntp- G89 Change Snmp Settings

    Select a trap from the Trap Destinations area. Step 2 For a description of SNMP traps, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Highlight the Destination row field entry in the Community column and change the entry to another valid Step 3 community name.

  • Page 588: Dlp- G198 Delete Snmp Trap Destinations

    Click Delete. A confirmation dialog box appears. Step 3 Click Yes. Confirm that the changes appear; if not, repeat the task. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 10-62 September 2005...
  • Page 589 Before You Begin Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide as necessary. Changing card settings can be service affecting. You should make all changes during a scheduled Caution maintenance window.

  • Page 590: Chapter 11 Change Dwdm Card Setting

    Click the Provisioning > OC3 Line > OC3 Line tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 11-1. The provisionable parameters are listed in the Step 3 Options column in the table. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-2 September 2005...

  • Page 591: Table 11-1 Oscm And Osc-Csm Card Oc-3 Settings

    From the drop-down list, choose one of the following: for pointer justification. If set to 0, no STS is • monitored. Only one STS can be monitored on • each OC-N port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-3 September 2005...
  • Page 592 OOS-MA,MT (Out-of-Service and Management, Maintenance [ANSI]) or Locked-enabled,maintenance (ETSI)—The port is out of service for maintenance. Alarm reporting is suppressed, but traffic is carried and loopbacks are allowed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-4 September 2005...

  • Page 593: Dlp- G200 Change The Oscm And Osc-Csm Optical Service Channel Thresholds

    Line or Section (Near and Far End). Select the bullet and click Refresh. Errored seconds Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or one-day intervals for Line or Section (Near and Far End). Select the bullet and click Refresh. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-5 September 2005...
  • Page 594 Provides the ability to assign the specified port a User-defined. Name can be up to 32 alphanumeric/ name. special characters. Blank by default. See the “DLP-G104 Assign a Name to a Port” task on page 7-10. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-6 September 2005...

  • Page 595: Figure

    Modifies the attenuation value of the VOA when the Numeric. Double-click the parameter, enter a value, Attenuation VOA Mode is set to Constant Attenuation. and press Enter. Calib Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-7 September 2005...
  • Page 596 Sets the high power warning level. Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals. The default is 30 dBm. Double-click the parameter, enter a value, and press Enter. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-8 September 2005...

  • Page 597: Table 11-5 Oscm And Osc-Csm Cards Optical Channel Alarm Thresholds Settings

    In this case, the threshold is automatically linked to the Power Setpoint (VOA Power Ref + VOA Power Calib) provisioned. Changing the setpoint will result in changing the threshold (always 2 dB lower). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-9 September 2005...
  • Page 598 Click the Maintenance > ALS tabs. Step 2 Modify any of the settings described in Table 11-6. The provisionable parameters are listed in the Step 3 options column in the table. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-10 September 2005...

  • Page 599: Dlp- G203 Change The Oscm And Osc-Csm Als Maintenance Settings

    Step 4 Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-11 September 2005...

  • Page 600: Ntp- G91 Modify Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Line Settings And Pm Parameters And Thresholds

    In node view, double-click the OPT-PRE or OPT-BST amplifier where you want to change the optical Step 1 line settings. Click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-12 September 2005...

  • Page 601: Table 11-7 Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifier Optical Line Settings

    Input Com • Input DCU Output DCU • Power (Display only) Shows the current power level per port. — AINS Soak (Display only) Shows the soak time. — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-13 September 2005...

  • Page 602: Table 11-8 Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Card Optical Channel Warning Thresholds Settings

    Sets the high power warning level. Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals. The default is 30 dBm. Double-click, enter the name, and press Enter. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-14 September 2005...

  • Page 603: Dlp- G205 Change Optical Line Threshold Settings For Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifiers

    OPT-PRE line parameters. Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 6 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-15 September 2005...

  • Page 604: Table 11-10 Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Optical Amplifier Line Settings

    • OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled State. For more information about service states, Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and • OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance Service States.” Type (Display only) Identifies the type of port. Output Line Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-16 September 2005...

  • Page 605: Dlp- G206 Change Optical Amplifier Line Settings For Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Amplifiers

    • Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 4 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-17 September 2005...
  • Page 606 Sets the high power warning level. Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals. The default is 30 dBm. Double-click the parameter, enter a value, and press Enter. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-18 September 2005...

  • Page 607: Table 11-12 Opt-Pre And Opt-Bst Card Amplifier Line Alarm Threshold Settings

    APC can modify this value based on the number of OCHNC circuits the amplifier is managing. See the “18.4 Automatic Power Control” section on page 18-18 more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-19 September 2005...
  • Page 608 Low threshold. The threshold value is always 2 dB lower than the Output Power Setpoint. APC can modify this value based on the number of OCHNC circuits the amplifier is managing. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-20 September 2005...
  • Page 609 Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 6 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-21 September 2005...

  • Page 610: Dlp- G322 Change The Opt-Bst Als Maintenance Settings

    Currently (Display only) Displays the current status — Shutdown of the laser. Request Laser If checked, allows you to restart the laser Checked or unchecked Restart for maintenance. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-22 September 2005...

  • Page 611: Ntp- G92 Modify 32Mux-O, 32Dmx-O, 32Dmx, And 4Md Line Settings And Pm Thresholds

    DLP-G211 Change Optical Channel Threshold Settings for Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards, • page 11-30 Complete the “NTP-G103 Back Up the Database” procedure on page 13-2. Step 4 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-23 September 2005...

  • Page 612: Table 11-14 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Card Optical Line Settings

    Primary State-Primary • OOS-AU,AINS/Unlocked-disabled, State Qualifier, Secondary State. For more automaticInService information about service states, see Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and Service States.” OOS-MA,DSBLD/Locked-enabled,disabled • • OOS-MA,MT/Locked-enabled,maintenance Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-24 September 2005...

  • Page 613: Dlp- G208 Change Optical Line Settings For Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Cards

    • Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 4 change. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-25 September 2005...

  • Page 614: Table 11-15 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Card Amplifier Line Warning Threshold Settings

    Enter. Warning thresholds are not monitored by CTC. They must be user-provisioned and monitored through Caution custom alarm profiles. Table 11-16 shows the amplifier line thresholds for alarms. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-26 September 2005...
  • Page 615 Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn > Parameters tabs. Step 3 Modify any of the settings described in Table 11-17. The provisionable parameters are listed in the options column in the table. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-27 September 2005...

  • Page 616: Table 11-17 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Card Optical Channel Settings

    Demultiplexers show the reference value of the desired optical power going to the client. Multiplexers show the reference value of the desired per-channel optical power. This parameter can only be modified by ANS. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-28 September 2005...
  • Page 617 Enter. Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 4 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-29 September 2005...
  • Page 618 Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals. The default is 30 dBm. Double-click the parameter, enter a value, and press Enter. Table 11-19 shows the amplifier line thresholds for alarms. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-30 September 2005...

  • Page 619: Table 11-19 Multiplexer And Demultiplexer Card Optical Channel Alarm Threshold Settings

    ANS. You can manually change the threshold. The value must be within the optical power range that is specified for the card. (See Appendix B, “Hardware Specifications.”) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-31 September 2005...
  • Page 620 32DMX card. Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 6 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-32 September 2005...

  • Page 621: Ntp- G93 Modify The 32Wss Thresholds And Settings

    In node view, double-click the 32WSS card where you want to change the optical channel parameter Step 1 settings. Click the Provisioning > Optical Chn: Optical Connector tab for one of the four available groups of Step 2 eight optical channels. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-33 September 2005...

  • Page 622: Table 11-20 32Wss Optical Channel Parameter Settings

    COM_TX port. For more information, see the “16.7.6 32WSS Card” section on page 16-76 and the “B.4.15 32WSS Card Specifications” section on page B-32. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-34 September 2005...
  • Page 623 (IS) automatically • 0 to 48 hours, 15-minute increments Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 4 change. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-35 September 2005...
  • Page 624 Numeric. Can be set for 15-minute or (dBm) one-day intervals. Double-click the parameter, enter a value, and press Enter. Table 11-22 shows the 32WSS optical line thresholds for alarms. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-36 September 2005...

  • Page 625: Table 11-22 32Wss Optical Channel Alarm Threshold Settings

    The threshold is automatically linked to the Power Setpoint (VOA Power Ref + VOA Power Calib) provisioned. Changing the setpoint results in changing the threshold (always 3 dB higher). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-37 September 2005...
  • Page 626 Click Apply. If the change affects traffic, a warning message displays. Click Yes to complete the Step 6 change. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 7 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-38 September 2005...

  • Page 627: Dlp- G214 Change Optical Line Parameters For The 32Wss Card

    From the drop-down list, choose one of the following: Direction with the optical signal that passes through the port. West to East • This parameter is automatically configured during East to West • ANS. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-39 September 2005...

  • Page 628: Table 11-23 32Wss Optical Line Parameter Settings

    Modify any of the warning or alarm threshold settings. Table 11-24 shows the 32WSS optical line Step 5 thresholds for warnings. The provisionable parameters are listed in the options column in the table. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-40 September 2005...

  • Page 629: Dlp- G215 Change The 32Wss Card Optical Line Thresholds

    High (dBm) optical line level. Power Degrade Does not apply to 32WSS cards at the Numeric Low (dBm) optical line level. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-41 September 2005...

  • Page 630: Ntp- G101 Modify Alarm Interface Controller–International Settings

    Install Alarm Wires on the MIC-A/P (ETSI Only)” task on page 1-48 (ETSI) or “DLP-G23 Install Alarm Wires on the Backplane (ANSI Only)” task on page 1-53 (ANSI) for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-42 September 2005...

  • Page 631: Dlp- G246 Change External Controls Using The Aic-I Card

    Controls on the Alarm Interface Controller-International Card” procedure on page 8-32. Enabled • Trigger Type • Control Type • Description • To provision additional controls, complete Step 3 for each additional device. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-43 September 2005...

  • Page 632: Before You Begin

    If you want to turn on the audible alert (buzzer) for the orderwire, check the Buzzer On check box. Step 4 Click Apply. Step 5 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-44 September 2005...
  • Page 633 For information about the enhanced state model and card state transitions, refer to the “DWDM Administrative and Service States” section on page C-1. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-45 September 2005...

  • Page 634: Ntp- G102 Change Card Service State

    Chapter 11 Change DWDM Card Settings NTP-G102 Change Card Service State Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 11-46 September 2005...
  • Page 635 Before performing any of the following procedures, investigate all alarms and clear any trouble conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET and DWDM Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide as necessary for general troubleshooting information and alarm or error descriptions.

  • Page 636: Chapter 12 Add And Remove Card And Node

    Complete the “DLP-G46 Log into CTC” task on page 2-25. Step 1 If you cannot log into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) and you need to remove a card, remove Note the card as described in Step 5. After you log into CTC, troubleshoot the mismatched equipment alarm (MEA) with the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 637: Dlp- G254 Place Opt-Bst And Opt-Pre Ports Out Of Service

    Verify that no unexplained alarms appear on the network. If alarms appear, investigate and resolve them. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for procedures. Stop. You have completed this procedure.

  • Page 638: Dlp- G318 Place Opt-Bst And Opt-Pre Ports In Service

    Under Admin State, choose choose IS (ANSI) or Unlocked (ETSI) for Port 1 of the OPT-PRE or Ports 2 and 3 of the OPT-BST. Click Apply. Step 4 Step 5 In the confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Step 6 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 12-4 September 2005...
  • Page 639 Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Provisioning or higher Do not begin this procedure until the Cisco MetroPlanner site plan has been recalculated with the new Note AD-xCxx.x card added to the OADM node. Note During this procedure, you will use TL1 commands to delete and recreate optical channel network connection (OCHNC) cross-connects.

  • Page 640: Ntp- G127 Add An Ad-Xc-Xx.x Card To An Oadm Node

    • • <SST> is the secondary state. For additional information and a list of valid command values, see the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide. Close the TL1 dialog box. Step 25 Step 26 In node view, click the Circuits tab.
  • Page 641 During this procedure, you will use TL1 commands to delete and recreate OCHNC cross-connects. You Note might need to refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide. To complete this procedure, a span will be disconnected where the new node is added. This will affect Caution the service of any unprotected circuits that pass through that span.

  • Page 642: Ntp- G129 Add A Dwdm Node

    – <SST> is the secondary state. – For additional information and a list of valid command values, see the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Command Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Command Guide. Close the TL1 dialog box. Repeat...
  • Page 643 DWDM node removed. During this procedure, you will use TL1 commands to delete and recreate OCHNC cross-connects. You Note might need to refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Reference Guide. Caution This procedure will affect the service of unprotected circuits that pass through the span where the node will be removed.

  • Page 644: Ntp- G130 Remove A Dwdm Node

    – – <SST> is the secondary state. For additional information and a list of valid command values, see the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 Reference Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH TL1 Reference Guide. Close the TL1 dialog box. Repeat...

  • Page 645: Before You Begin

    C H A P T E R Maintain the Node This chapter provides procedures for maintaining the Cisco ONS 15454, including database backup and restoration, removing and replacing cards, viewing the ONS 15454 audit trail, and hardware maintenance procedures such as cleaning fibers, changing the fan tray filter, and other maintenance procedures.

  • Page 646: Ntp- G103 Back Up The Database

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.

  • Page 647: Chapter 13 Maintain The Node

    IIOP port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new renamed node. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.

  • Page 648: Ntp- G105 Restore The Node To Factory Configuration

    Restoring a node to the factory configuration deletes all cross-connects on the node. Caution Caution Cisco recommends that you save the node database to safe location if you will not be restoring the node using the database provided on the software CD. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0...
  • Page 649 Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names. If you need to install or replace one or more TCC2/TCC2P cards, see the “DLP-G33 Install the TCC2...

  • Page 650: Figure

    Maintain the Node DLP-G248 Use the Reinitialization Tool to Clear the Database and Upload Software (Windows) The ONS 14545 Software CD is if the Reinit.jar file, the CISCO 15454 package file, and the NE Note default file are not stored on your computer.

  • Page 651: Dlp- G249 Use The Reinitialization Tool To Clear The Database And Upload Software (Unix)

    As needed to clear the existing database from a TCC2/TCC2P and restore the node default settings. Onsite/Remote Onsite Security Level Superuser Restoring a node to the factory configuration deletes all cross-connects on the node. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-7 September 2005...

  • Page 652: Figure

    “NTP-G24 Set Up Name, Date, Time, and Contact Information” procedure on page 3-8 Step 8 and the “NTP-G26 Set Up CTC Network Access” procedure on page 3-11. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 9 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-8 September 2005...

  • Page 653: Ntp- G133 View And Manage Osi Information

    DLP-G46 Log into CTC, page 2-25 Required/As needed As needed Onsite/Remote Onsite or remote Security Level Provisioning or higher In node view, click the Maintenance > OSI > IS-IS RIB tabs. Step 1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-9 September 2005...

  • Page 654: Dlp- G299 View Es-Is Routing Information Base

    If additional routers are enabled, you can view their RIBs by choosing the router number in the Router Step 3 field and clicking Refresh. Step 4 Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-10 September 2005...

  • Page 655: Dlp- G300 Manage The Tarp Data Cache

    If you want to delete all the dynamically generated TDC entries, click the Flush Dynamic Entries Step 4 button. If not, continue with Step Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 5 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-11 September 2005...

  • Page 656: Ntp- G106 Reset Cards Using Ctc

    When a software reset is performed on an active TCC2/TCC2P, the AIC-I card goes through an Note initialization process and also resets. The AIC-I card reset is normal and happens each time an active TCC2/TCC2P card goes through a software-initiated reset. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-12 September 2005...

  • Page 657: Dlp- G251 Reset Dwdm Cards Using Ctc

    ONS 15454 cards normally do not need to be reset. However, you might occasionally need to reset a card Note for testing or as an initial trouble-clearing step. For additional information, see the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 658: Ntp- G108 Viewing The Audit Trail Records

    In node view, click the Maintenance > Audit tabs. Step 2 Click Retrieve. Step 3 A window containing the most recent audit trail records appears as shown in Figure 13-3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-14 September 2005...

  • Page 659: Table 13-1 Audit Trail Column Definitions

    Reset Columns Order/Visibility—Displays all hidden columns. • Row Count—Provides a numerical count of log entries. • Shift-click the column heading for an incremental sort of the list. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-15 September 2005...

  • Page 660: Ntp- G109 Off-Load The Audit Trail Record

    If you archived the entries, you cannot reimport the log file back into CTC and will have to view the log in a different application. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-16 September 2005...

  • Page 661: Ntp- G110 Off-Load The Diagnostics File

    This procedure describes how to off-load a diagnostic file. The diagnostic file contains a set of debug commands that were run on a node and their results. This file is useful to the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) when troubleshooting problems with the node.

  • Page 662: Dlp- G259 Manual Or Force Switch The Node Timing Reference

    If the selected timing reference is invalid, a warning dialog box appears. Click OK; the node will not switch to the new timing reference. Return to your originating procedure (NTP). Step 6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-18 September 2005...

  • Page 663: Dlp- G260 Clear A Manual Or Force Switch On A Node Timing Reference

    “DLP-G118 Display Alarms and Conditions Using Time Zone” task on page 8-11. Table 13-2 describes the report fields and entries. To update the report, click Refresh. Step 4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-19 September 2005...

  • Page 664: Table 13-2 Ons 15454 Timing Report

    FAST_START_FAILED_STAT A timing reference is too far away to reach in normal state. The FAST_START_STATE could not acquire sufficient timing information within the allowable amount of time. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-20 September 2005...
  • Page 665 MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS format. Indicates whether Enabled SSM is enabled. SSM is enabled Disabled SSM is not enabled. for the timing reference. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-21 September 2005...

  • Page 666: Ntp- G114 Inspect, Clean, And Replace The Air Filter

    Warning circuitry could constitute an energy hazard. Statement 206 Cisco recommends that you inspect the air filter monthly, and clean the filter every three to six months. Caution Replace the air filter every two to three years. Avoid cleaning the air filter with harsh cleaning agents or solvents.

  • Page 667: Figure

    Secure the dangling end of the ground strap to the door or chassis with tape. Figure 13-4 ANSI Shelf Fan-Tray Air Filter in an External Filter Bracket (Front Door Removed) F A N F A IL M IN Fan tray filter Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-23 September 2005...

  • Page 668: Figure

    If you washed the filter, allow it to completely air dry for at least eight hours. Step 11 Do not put a damp filter back in the ONS 15454. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-24 September 2005...

  • Page 669: Ntp- G115 Clean Fiber Connectors

    Viewing the laser output with certain optical instruments (for example, eye loupes, magnifiers, and microscopes) within a distance of 100 mm may pose an eye hazard. Statement 1056 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-25 September 2005...

  • Page 670: Dlp- G261 Scope And Clean Fiber Connectors And Adapters With Alcohol And Dry Wipes

    If you must replace a dust cap on a connector, first verify that the dust cap is clean. To clean the dust cap, wipe the outside of the cap using a dry, lint-free wipe and the inside of the dust cap using a CLETOP stick swab (14100400). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-26 September 2005...

  • Page 671: Dlp- G262 Clean Fiber Connectors With Cletop

    Security Level None Step 1 Remove the dust plug from the fiber adapter. Insert a CLETOP stick swab (14100400) into the adapter opening and rotate the swab. Step 2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-27 September 2005...

  • Page 672: Ntp- G40 Replace The Front Door

    Attach one end of the ground strap terminal lug (72-3622-01) to the male stud on the inside of the door. Step 2 Attach and tighten the #6 Kepnut (49-0600-01) using the open-end wrench (Figure 13-6). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-28 September 2005...

  • Page 673: Installing The Door Ground Strap Retrofit Kit

    Using a Phillips screwdriver, insert and tighten the screws for the cable-routing channel. Step 5 Figure 13-7 shows the shelf assembly with the front door and ground strap installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-29 September 2005...

  • Page 674: Shelf Assembly With Door Ground Strap Retrofit Kit Installed

    The ONS 15454 comes with a pinned hex key tool for locking and unlocking the front door. Turn Note the key counterclockwise to unlock the door and clockwise to lock it. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-30 September 2005...

  • Page 675: Ntp- G116 Replace The Fan-Tray Assembly

    NEBS3E or NEBS3 — None NEBS3E or NEBS3 — MEA on 10G ANSI or HD — None ANSI or HD 2.5G compatible MEA on fan tray, AIP, and Ethernet Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-31 September 2005...
  • Page 676 None ETSI 2.5G compatible MEA on fan tray or Ethernet ETSI 10G compatible MEA on fan tray ETSI Either None ETSI 2.5G compatible MEA on fan tray, Ethernet Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-32 September 2005...
  • Page 677 When the fans have stopped, pull the fan-tray assembly completely out of the shelf assembly. Step 7 Figure 13-8 shows the location of the fan tray on the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-33 September 2005...

  • Page 678: Removing Or Replacing The Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (Ansi)

    NTP-G116 Replace the Fan-Tray Assembly Figure 13-8 Removing or Replacing the Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (ANSI) F A N F A IL M IN Fan tray assembly Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-34 September 2005...

  • Page 679: Removing Or Replacing The Fan-Tray Assembly (Front Door Removed) (Etsi)

    Step 10 is activated. Step 11 If you replace the door on an ANSI shelf, be sure to reattach the ground strap. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-35 September 2005...

  • Page 680: Ntp- G117 Replace The Ansi Shelf Alarm Interface Panel

    Do not perform this procedure on a node with live traffic. Hot-swapping the AIP can affect traffic and Caution result in a loss of data. For assistance with AIP replacement, contact the Cisco TAC. See the “Obtaining Technical Assistance” section on page lxxvi.

  • Page 681: Find The Mac Address

    NTP-G117 Replace the ANSI Shelf Alarm Interface Panel Figure 13-10 Find the MAC Address Call Cisco TAC for assistance in replacing the AIP and maintaining the original MAC address. See the Step 4 “Obtaining Technical Assistance” section on page lxxvi.
  • Page 682 Replace the lower backplane cover and secure the cover with the five screws. Step 15 Step 16 In node view, click the Provisioning > Network tabs. Cisco recommends that TCC2/TCC2P card resets be performed in a maintenance window to avoid any Caution potential service disruptions. Step 17 Reset the standby TCC2/TCC2P card: Right-click the standby TCC2/TCC2P card and choose Reset Card.

  • Page 683: Repairing Circuits

    Recording the Old MAC Address Before Replacing the AIP The Repair Circuits dialog box appears (Figure 13-14). Read the information in the dialog box and click Step 26 Finish. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-39 September 2005...

  • Page 684: Ntp- G118 Replace The Ansi Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover

    In node view of the new node, click the Circuits tab. Check to ensure that all circuits listed have a status Step 28 of DISCOVERED. If all circuits listed are not DISCOVERED, call the Cisco TAC at (800) 553-2447 to open a Return Material Authorization (RMA).

  • Page 685: Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover

    NTP-G118 Replace the ANSI Shelf Plastic Lower Backplane Cover Figure 13-15 Attaching Plastic Lower Backplane Cover Tighten the five retaining screws that hold the plastic cover in place. Step 5 Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-41 September 2005...

  • Page 686: Ntp- G135 Edit Network Element Defaults

    To change settings for installed cards or preprovisioned slots, see Chapter 11, “Change DWDM Card Settings.” To change settings for transponder or muxponder cards see Chapter 5, “Provision Transponder and Muxponder Cards.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-42 September 2005...

  • Page 687: Ntp- G136 Import Network Element Defaults

    If you are modifying the IIOP Listener Port setting, a dialog box appears warning you that the node will Step 9 reboot and asks if you want to continue. Click Yes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-43 September 2005...

  • Page 688: Ntp- G137 Export Network Element Defaults

    Step 4 box, click Browse and browse to the location. Step 5 Change the file name to something that is easy to remember (the file name has no extension). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-44 September 2005...
  • Page 689 Chapter 13 Maintain the Node NTP-G137 Export Network Element Defaults Step 6 Click OK. Stop. You have completed this procedure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-45 September 2005...
  • Page 690 Chapter 13 Maintain the Node NTP-G137 Export Network Element Defaults Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 13-46 September 2005...
  • Page 691 C H A P T E R Power Down a Node This chapter explains how to power down a node and stop all node activity on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI or ETSI. NTP-G119 Power Down the Node Purpose This procedure stops all node activity.
  • Page 692 In the card view, click the Provisioning > Optical Line > Parameters tabs. In the Admin State column for each line, make sure that the default state IS, AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked,automaticInservice (ETSI) is selected. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 14-2 August 2005...

  • Page 693: Chapter 14 Power Down A Node

    (ETSI) and the Service State displays OOS-AU,AINS (ANSI) or Unlocked-disabled,automaticInService (ETSI). Remove all fiber connections to the cards. Step 11 In node view, right-click an installed card and click Delete. Step 12 Click Yes. Step 13 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 14-3 August 2005...
  • Page 694 Step 14 for each installed card. Step 15 You cannot delete a TCC2 or TCC2P card in Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). Physically Note remove it after all the other cards have been deleted and removed. Shut off the power from the power supply that feeds the node.
  • Page 695 C H A P T E R Shelf Hardware Reference This chapter provides a description of Cisco ONS 15454 hardware for the ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies. For card descriptions, see Chapter 16, “Card Reference.” To install equipment, see Chapter 1, “Install the Shelf and Common Control Cards.”...

  • Page 696: Chapter 15 Shelf Hardware Reference

    15.1 Overview This section provides an introduction to the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI and the Cisco ONS 15454 ETSI. Install the ONS 15454 in compliance with your local and national electrical codes: United States: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70; United States National Electrical •...

  • Page 697: Figure

    Alliance (EIA) standard and Telcordia-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 17 inches (431.8 mm) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.

  • Page 698: Figure

    The shelf assembly comes preset for installation in a 23-inch (584.2 mm) rack, but you can reverse the mounting bracket to fit the smaller 19-inch (482.6 mm) rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-4 September 2005...

  • Page 699: Figure

    The advantage of using the bottom brackets is that you can replace the filter without removing the fan tray. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-5 September 2005...

  • Page 700: Figure

    It mounts in ETSI-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 435 mm (17.35 inches) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.

  • Page 701: Figure 15-3 Ons 15454 Etsi Dimensions

    A shelf assembly should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack. Figure 15-4 shows the rack mounting position for the ONS 15454 ETSI shelf. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-7 September 2005...
  • Page 702 Most standard (Telcordia GR-63-CORE, 23-inch [584.2 mm]) seven-foot (2,133 mm) racks can hold three ONS 15454 ETSI shelves, two air ramps, and a fuse and alarm panel. Figure 15-5 shows a three-shelf ONS 15454 ETSI bay assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-8 September 2005...

  • Page 703: Figure 15-5 Three-Shelf Ons 15454 Etsi Bay Assembly

    (86.6 in.) high or higher Air Ramp ETSIs (SDH) Air Ramp 15.4 FlexLayer and Y-Cable Protection The Cisco ONS 15454 FlexLayer DWDM system includes the following components: Two-channel add or drop flex module • FlexLayer shelf assembly • Y-cable FlexLayer module •...
  • Page 704 50.1 193.4 1550.12 15216-FLB-2-50.9= 50.9 193.3 1550.92 51.7 193.2 1551.72 15216-FLB-2-52.5= 52.5 193.1 1552.52 54.1 192.9 1554.13 15216-FLB-2-54.9= 54.9 192.8 1554.94 55.7 192.7 1555.75 15216-FLB-2-56.5= 56.5 192.6 1556.55 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-10 September 2005...

  • Page 705: Flexlayer Modules

    WDM composite signal coming from the ADD-COM-RX port. The multiplexed WDM composite signal is sent to the ADD-COM-TX port. A two-percent tap coupler, ADD-MON, is used to monitor the multiplexed WDM composite signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-11 September 2005...

  • Page 706: Figure

    RX Ports 9 and 10. The two-percent tap MON port is mapped to Port 7. Port 6 is not active. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-12 September 2005...

  • Page 707: Figure

    Using one Y-cable protection module, you can protect one client signal with two TXP cards, and two client signals with four TXP cards. Figure 15-10 Typical Y-Cable Protection Module Configuration Client Line Protecting Card Y_Cable Protection Module Client Line Working Card Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-13 September 2005...

  • Page 708: Y-Cable Protection Module

    FlexLayer Module. This module has two versions, one for single-mode applications and the other for multimode applications. Figure 15-12 ONS 15454 Y-Cable Protection FlexLayer Module (Single-Mode) Front Panel CS-SM-Y Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-14 September 2005...

  • Page 709: Figure 15-13 Ons 15454 Y-Cable Protection Flexlayer Module (Multimode)

    Client TX port on the TXP 1 card 6 (RXa2) Client TX port on the TXP 2 card Transmit Port on the Signal Destination Y-Cable Module 5 (TXa) RX port on customer client equipment A Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-15 September 2005...

  • Page 710: Table 15-3 Protection A (Txp Cards 1 And 2) Port Mapping: Splitter To Dwdm

    Client RX on the TXP 4 port The following muxponder (MXP) and transponder (TXP) cards can use Y-cable protection: • MXP_2.5_10G • MXP_2.5_10E • MXP_MR_2.5G TXP_MR_10G • TXP_MR_10E • TXP_MR_2.5G • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-16 September 2005...

  • Page 711: Figure

    6 patch panels (or fiber-storage trays) • Figure 15-15 for a typical rack layout. Use the rack layout generated by Cisco MetroPlanner to determine your exact shelf layout. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-17 September 2005...

  • Page 712: Figure 15-15 Typical Dwdm Equipment Layout In An Ons 15454 Ansi Rack

    If you are installing a patch panel or fiber-storage tray below the ONS 15454 shelf, you must install the air ramp between the shelf and patch-panel tray/fiber-management tray, or leave one rack unit (RU) space open. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-18 September 2005...

  • Page 713: Figure 15-16 The Ons 15454 Front Door

    The ONS 15454 ANSI ships with a standard door but can also accommodate a deep door and extended fiber clips (15454-DOOR-KIT) to provide additional room for cabling (Figure 15-17). The ONS 15454 ETSI does not support the deep door. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-19 September 2005...

  • Page 714: Figure 15-17 Cisco Ons 15454 Ansi Deep Door

    The ONS 15454 door locks with a pinned hex key that ships with the shelf assembly. A button on the right side of the shelf assembly releases the door. You can remove the front door to provide unrestricted access to the front of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-20 September 2005...

  • Page 715: Figure 15-18 Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door Ground Strap

    Before you remove the ONS 15454 front door, you must remove the ground strap of the front door (Figure 15-18). Figure 15-18 ONS 15454 ANSI Front Door Ground Strap Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-21 September 2005...

  • Page 716: Figure 15-19 Removing The Ons 15454 Ansi Front Door

    Figure 15-19 Removing the ONS 15454 ANSI Front Door F A N F A IL M IN Translucent circles for LED viewing Door hinge Assembly hinge pin Assembly hinge Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-22 September 2005...

  • Page 717: Figure 15-20 Removing The Ons 15454 Etsi Front Door

    An erasable label is pasted on the inside of the front door. You can use the label to record slot assignments, port assignments, card types, node ID, rack ID, and serial number for the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-23...

  • Page 718: Figure 15-21 Ons 15454 Ansi Front-Door Erasable Label

    Chapter 15 Shelf Hardware Reference 15.6 Front Door Figure 15-21 shows the erasable label on the ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Figure 15-21 ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Erasable Label Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-24 September 2005...

  • Page 719: Figure

    Figure 15-23 shows the ONS 15454 ANSI laser warning. Figure 15-23 Laser Warning on the ONS 15454 ANSI Front-Door Label Figure 15-24 shows the ONS 15454 ETSI laser warning. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-25 September 2005...

  • Page 720: Figure 15-24 Laser Warning On The Ons 15454 Etsi Front-Door Label

    (one on each side of the backplane). See Figure 15-25. Each cover is held in place with nine 6-32 x 3/8 inch Phillips screws. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-26 September 2005...

  • Page 721: Lower Backplane Cover

    Remove the lower backplane cover to access the alarm interface panel (AIP), alarm pin fields, frame ground, and power terminals (Figure 15-26). Figure 15-26 Removing the Lower Backplane Cover Retaining screws Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-27 September 2005...

  • Page 722: Figure 15-27 Backplane Attachment For Cover

    Backplane Attachment for Cover Screw locations for attaching the rear cover You can also install the optional spacers if more space is needed between the cables and rear cover (Figure 15-28). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-28 September 2005...

  • Page 723: Figure 15-28 Installing The Plastic Rear Cover With Spacers

    The panel has a nonvolatile memory chip that stores the unique node address (MAC address). The MAC address identifies the nodes that support circuits. It allows Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) to determine circuit sources, destinations, and spans. The TCC2/TCC2P cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI also use the MAC address to store the node database.

  • Page 724: Ons 15454 Etsi Front Mount Electrical Connection

    If you install an AEP, you cannot use the alarm contacts on the wire-wrap pins. For more information about the AIC-I, Chapter 16, “Card Reference.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-30 September 2005...

  • Page 725: Ons 15454 Ansi Alarm Expansion Panel

    “23.7 External Alarms and Controls” section on page 23-12 for further information. Figure 15-31 shows the wire-wrapping connections on the shelf backplane used to connect to the AEP. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-31 September 2005...

  • Page 726: Figure

    AEP Signal Black AEP_GND White AE_+5 AEP_+5 Slate VBAT– VBAT– Violet Blue AE_CLK_P AE_CLK_P Green AE_CLK_N AE_CLK_N Yellow AE_DIN_P AE_DOUT_P Orange AE_DIN_N AE_DOUT_N AE_DOUT_P AE_DIN_P Brown AE_DOUT_N AE_DIN_N Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-32 September 2005...

  • Page 727: Figure 15-32 Alarm Input Circuit Diagram

    Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– ALARM_IN_17– ALARM_IN_18– ALARM_IN_19– ALARM_IN_20– ALARM_IN_21– ALARM_IN_22– Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-33 September 2005...

  • Page 728: Figure

    Table 15-8 Pin Association for Alarm Output Pins AMP Champ AMP Champ Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name — COM_0 COM_1 — NO_1 NO_2 — COM_2 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-34 September 2005...

  • Page 729: Table 15-8 Pin Association For Alarm Output Pins

    15.10 Filler Card The filler card is designed to occupy empty multiservice and AIC-I slots in the Cisco ONS 15454 (Slots 1 – 6, 9, and 12 – 17). The filler card cannot operate in the XC slots (Slots 8 and 10) or TCC slots (Slots 7 and 11).

  • Page 730: Figure 15-34 Filler Card Faceplate

    Plastic horseshoe-shaped fiber guides at each side opening of the cable-routing channel that ensure that the proper bend radius is maintained in the fibers (Figure 15-36 on page 15-38) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-36 September 2005...

  • Page 731: Figure 15-35 Managing Cables On The Front Panel

    The maximum capacity of the fiber routing channel depends on the size of the fiber jumpers. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-37...

  • Page 732: Fiber Management

    Maximum Number of Fibers Exiting Each Side Fiber Diameter No Ethernet Cables One Ethernet Cable Two Ethernet Cables 1.6 mm (0.6 inch) 2 mm (0.7 inch) 3 mm (0.11 inch) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-38 September 2005...

  • Page 733: Fiber Management Using The Patch-Panel Tray

    Patch-Panel Tray 15.11.3 Fiber Management Using the Fiber-Storage Tray Cisco recommends installing at lease one fiber-storage tray in multinode racks to facilitate fiber-optic cable management for DWDM applications. This tray is usually used to store slack cable from cables installed between cards within a single node. Refer to...

  • Page 734: Table 15-11 Fiber-Storage Tray Capacity

    Figure 15-39 shows the tie-down bar, the ONS 15454 ANSI, and the rack. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-40 September 2005...

  • Page 735: Figure 15-39 Tie-Down Bar On The Cisco Ons 15454 Ansi Shelf Assembly

    Shelf Hardware Reference 15.12 Fan-Tray Assembly Figure 15-39 Tie-Down Bar on the Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Shelf Assembly Tie-down bar 15.12 Fan-Tray Assembly The fan-tray assembly is located at the bottom of the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. The fan tray is a removable drawer that holds fans and fan-control circuitry for the ONS 15454.

  • Page 736: Fan-Tray Assembly

    TCC2/TCC2P sensors appears on the LCD screen. Table 15-12 lists power requirements for the fan-tray assembly. Table 15-12 Fan Tray Assembly Power Requirements Fan Tray Assembly Watts Amps BTU/Hr FTA2 1.21 FTA3 -T 86.4 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-42 September 2005...

  • Page 737: Fan Failure

    Ground the equipment according to Telcordia standards or local practices. The following sections describe power and ground for the ONS 15454 shelves. 15.13.1 ONS 15454 ANSI Power and Ground Cisco recommends the following wiring conventions, but customer conventions prevail: Red wire for battery connections (–48 VDC). •...

  • Page 738: Figure 15-41 Ground Posts On The Ons 15454 Ansi Backplane

    Frame ground pins are labeled FG1, FG2, FG3, etc. Install the ground shield of the cables connected to the backplane to the ground pin that corresponds to the pin field used. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-44 September 2005...

  • Page 739: Figure 15-42 Ons 15454 Ansi Backplane Pinouts

    The alarm pin field supports up to 17 alarm contacts, including four audible alarms, four visual alarms, one alarm cutoff (ACO), and four user-definable alarm input and output contacts. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-45 September 2005...

  • Page 740: Table 15-13 Bits External Timing Pin Assignments

    Secondary ring (–) Input from external device B2 (BITS 2 In) Secondary tip (+) Input from external device Refer to Telcordia SR-NWT-002224 for rules about provisioning timing references. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-46 September 2005...

  • Page 741: Lan Connections

    You cannot use the craft backplane pins and the EIA/TIA-232 port on the TCC2/TCC2P card Note simultaneously. Table 15-15 Craft Interface Pin Assignments Pin Field Contact Function Craft Receive Transmit Ground Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-47 September 2005...

  • Page 742: Figure 15-43 Installing Cards In The Ons 15454 Ansi

    ONS 15454 ANSI shelf. Figure 15-43 Installing Cards in the ONS 15454 ANSI F A N F A IL M IN Guide rail Ejector Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-48 September 2005...

  • Page 743: Figure 15-44 Installing Cards In The Ons 15454 Etsi Shelf

    Shelf assembly slots have symbols indicating the type of cards that you can install in them. Each ONS 15454 card has a corresponding symbol. The symbol on the card must match the symbol on the slot. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-49...

  • Page 744: Card Replacement

    Ferrite placements on the ONS 15454 ANSI can include power cables, AMP Champ connectors, baluns, BNC/SMB connectors, and the wire-wrap pin field. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 15-50 September 2005...

  • Page 745: Overview

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms Note do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.

  • Page 746: Card Overview

    • 16.1.3 DWDM Cards ONS 15454 DWDM cards are grouped into the following categories: Optical service channel cards—These cards provide channels that connect ONS 15454 DWDM • nodes and transport general-purpose information (including Cisco Transport Controller [CTC] management) without affecting the client traffic. ONS 15454 optical service channel cards include the Optical Service Channel Module (OSCM) and the Optical Service Channel and Combiner/Separator Module (OSC-CSM).

  • Page 747: Figure

    See Table 16-68 on page 16-117 for details. 16.1.5 Card Summary Table 16-1 lists and summarizes the functions of each Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM and client card. Table 16-1 DWDM and Client Cards for the ONS 15454 Card Port Description...

  • Page 748: Table 16-1 Dwdm And Client Cards For The Ons 15454

    The 32WSS card has seven sets of ports located on See the “16.7.6 32WSS Card” the faceplate. It operates in Slots 1 to 5 and section on page 16-76 12 to 16. Transponder and Muxponder Cards Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-4 April 2006...

  • Page 749: Card Compatibility

    DWDM and Client Card CTC Software Release Compatibility Compatibility Card Type R4.5 R4.6 R4.7 R5.0 R6.0 Optical Service Channel Cards OSCM OSC-CSM Optical Amplifier Cards OPT-PRE OPT-BST OPT-BST-E Multiplexer and Demultiplexer Cards 32MUX-O Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-5 April 2006...

  • Page 750: Table 16-2 Dwdm And Client Card Ctc Software Release Compatibility

    10-Gbps multirate transponder (TXP_MR_10G) without FEC or 10-Gbps muxponder (MXP_2.5G_10G) with FEC disabled OC-192 LR ITU, TXP_MR_10E without FEC 2.5-Gbps multirate transponder (TXP_MR_2.5G), both protected and unprotected, with FEC enabled Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-6 April 2006...
  • Page 751 +3.0 to 6.0 dBm transponder/10-Gbps FEC transponder (TXP_MR_10E) Dispersion +/–800 ps/nm +/–1,000 ps/nm +/–1,000 +/–800 ps/nm compensation ps/nm tolerance 1. OSNR = optical signal-to-noise ratio 2. BER = bit error rate Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-7 April 2006...

  • Page 752: Mxp_Mr_2.5G

    1. These values, decreased by patchcord and connector losses, are also the input power values for the OADM cards. 16.1.8 DWDM Card Channel Allocation Plan ONS 15454 DWDM multiplexers, demultiplexers, channel OADM, and band OADM cards are designed for use with specific channels. In most cases, the channels for these cards are either numbered (1 to 32) or delimited (odd or even).

  • Page 753: Common Control Cards

    1556.55 58.1 192.4 1558.17 58.9 192.3 1558.98 59.7 192.2 1559.79 60.6 192.1 1560.61 16.2 Common Control Cards This section describes the common control cards (TCC2, TCC2P, and AIC-I). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-9 April 2006...

  • Page 754: Tcc2 Card

    328 ft (100 m) at temperatures from 32 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (0 to 65 degrees Celsius). Figure 16-1 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-10 April 2006...

  • Page 755: Tcc2 Functionality

    The node database, IP address, and system software are stored in TCC2 nonvolatile memory, which allows quick recovery in the event of a power or card failure. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-11 April 2006...

  • Page 756: Table 16-7 Tcc2 Card-Level Indicators

    16.2.1.2 Redundant TCC2 Card Installation Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2 card. For full functionality and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2 cards. When a second TCC2 card is inserted into a node, it synchronizes its software, its backup software, and its database with the active TCC2.

  • Page 757: Tcc2P Card

    The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). Figure 16-2 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2P card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-13 April 2006...

  • Page 758: Figure

    Ethernet Port Interface Backplane Faceplate RS-232 Port RS-232 Port (Shared with Mate TCC2) Note: Only 1 RS-232 Port Can Be Active - Backplane Port Will Supercede Faceplate Port Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-14 April 2006...

  • Page 759: Tcc2P Functionality

    TL1 mode. 16.2.3.1 Redundant TCC2P Card Installation Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2P card. For full functionality and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2P cards. When a second TCC2P card is inserted into a node, it synchronizes its software, its backup software, and its database with the active TCC2P card.

  • Page 760: Table 16-9 Tcc2P Card-Level Indicators

    AEP is compatible with ANSI shelves only. A power monitoring function monitors the supply voltage (–48 VDC). Figure 16-3 shows the AIC-I faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-16 April 2006...

  • Page 761: Aic-I Card-Level Indicators

    Indicates that the card’s processor is not ready. The FAIL LED is on during reset and flashes during the boot process. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Green ACT LED Indicates the AIC-I card is provisioned for operation. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-17 April 2006...

  • Page 762: External Alarms And Controls

    For example, if the trigger is set to Minor, a Minor alarm or above is the trigger. Remote NE alarm severity: Same as the local NE alarm severity but applies to remote alarms only. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-18 April 2006...

  • Page 763: Orderwire

    SONET/SDH ring or particular optics facility. Express orderwire also allows communication via regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels.

  • Page 764: Figure 16-4 Rj-11 Connector

    Channel Circuit” task on page 7-20. The UDC ports are standard RJ-11 receptacles. Table 16-13 lists the UDC pin assignments. Table 16-13 UDC Pin Assignments RJ-11 Pin Number Description For future use Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-20 April 2006...

  • Page 765: Table 16-14 Dcc Pin Assignments

    Connection for one of the two possible redundant power supply inputs • Connection for eight alarm outputs (coming from the TCC2/TCC2P card) • Connection for four configurable alarm inputs/outputs • Connection for sixteen alarm inputs • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-21 April 2006...

  • Page 766: Figure

    Alarm input pair 2, reports closure on connected wires ALMINP1 P Alarm input pair 2, reports closure on connected wires ALMINP2 N Alarm input pair 3, reports closure on connected wires Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-22 April 2006...
  • Page 767 ALMOUP1 N Normally open output pair 2 ALMOUP1 P Normally open output pair 2 ALMOUP2 N Normally open output pair 3 ALMOUP2 P Normally open output pair 3 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-23 April 2006...

  • Page 768: Mic-C/T/P Fmec

    Storage of manufacturing and inventory data • For proper system operation, both the MIC-A/P and MIC-C/T/P FMECs must be installed in the shelf. Figure 16-7 shows the MIC-C/T/P FMEC faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-24 April 2006...

  • Page 769: Optical Service Channel Cards

    OSC terminations are present, one for the West side and another for the East side. The channel transports OSC overhead that is used to manage ONS 15454 DWDM networks. An OSC signal uses the 1510-nm wavelength and does not affect client traffic. The primary purpose of this channel is to carry clock synchronization and orderwire channel communications for the DWDM network.

  • Page 770: Oscm Card

    The OSCM distributes the reference clock information by removing it from the incoming OC-3/STM-1 signal and then sending it to the DWDM cards. The DWDM cards then forward the clock information to the active and standby TCC2/TCC2P cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-26 April 2006...

  • Page 771: Figure 16-9 Oscm Card Faceplate

    Card Reference 16.4.1 OSCM Card Figure 16-9 shows the OSCM faceplate. Figure 16-9 OSCM Card Faceplate OSCM FAIL Figure 16-10 shows a block diagram of the OSCM card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-27 April 2006...

  • Page 772: Power Monitoring

    Physical photodiode P1 monitors the power for the OSCM card. The returned power level value is calibrated to the OSC TX port (Table 16-16). Table 16-16 OSCM VOA Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Output OSC OSC TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-28 April 2006...

  • Page 773: Table 16-17 Oscm Card-Level Indicators

    Optical safety remote interlock (OSRI), a feature capable of shutting down the optical output power • Automatic laser shutdown (ALS), a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-29 April 2006...

  • Page 774: Figure

    MON RX port is about 20 dB lower than the power at the COM TX port. The difference is due to the presence of a tap coupler for the P1 photodiode. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-30...

  • Page 775: Figure 16-12 Osc-Csm Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.4.2 OSC-CSM Card Figure 16-12 shows the OSC-CSM faceplate. Figure 16-12 OSC-CSM Faceplate FAIL Figure 16-13 shows a block diagram of the OSC-CSM card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-31 April 2006...

  • Page 776: Figure 16-13 Osc-Csm Block Diagram

    FE User Physical Processor Data Interface Channel Power supply DC/DC Input filters TOH & Cell Bus M P M P BAT A&B SCL Bus RxClkRef to TCCs Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-32 April 2006...

  • Page 777: Figure 16-14 Osc-Csm Optical Module Functional Block Diagram

    P5: The returned value is calibrated to the LINE TX port, including the insertion loss of the • subsequent filter. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 16-18. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-33 April 2006...

  • Page 778: Osc-Csm Card-Level Indicators

    This is because span loss degradation does not affect the system and amplifiers are not able to automatically modify the output power for variations in the number of channels when provisioning changes and a failure occurs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-34 April 2006...

  • Page 779: Opt-Pre Amplifier

    The optical splitter has a ratio of 1:99. The result is that the power at the MON port is about 20 dB lower Note than the power at the COM TX port. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-35 April 2006...

  • Page 780: Figure 16-15 Opt-Pre Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.5.1 OPT-PRE Amplifier Figure 16-15 shows the OPT-PRE amplifier faceplate. Figure 16-15 OPT-PRE Faceplate FAIL Figure 16-16 shows a block diagram of the OPT-PRE card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-36 April 2006...

  • Page 781: Power Monitoring

    CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output DC DC TX Input DC DC RX Output COM (Total Output) COM TX Output COM (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-37 April 2006...

  • Page 782: Opt-Pre Amplifier Card-Level Indicators

    OSRI, which is a software feature capable (through CTC) of shutting down the optical output power • or reducing the power to a safe level (automatic power reduction) ALS, which is a safety mechanism used in the event of a fiber cut • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-38 April 2006...

  • Page 783: Figure 16-18 Opt-Bst Faceplate

    20 dB lower than the power at the COM TX and COM RX ports. Figure 16-18 shows the OPT-BST amplifier faceplate. Figure 16-18 OPT-BST Faceplate FAIL Figure 16-19 shows a block diagram of the OPT-BST card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-39 April 2006...

  • Page 784: Power Monitoring

    Table 16-22. Table 16-22 OPT-BST Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Output Line (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-40 April 2006...

  • Page 785: Table 16-22 Opt-Bst Port Calibration

    12 to 17. To control the gain tilt, the OPT-BST-E is equipped with a built-in VOA. The OPT-BST-E features include: Fixed gain mode (with programmable tilt) • True variable gain • Extended gain (with unmanaged tilt) • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-41 April 2006...
  • Page 786 The optical splitters each have a ratio of 1:99. The result is that the power at the MON TX and MON RX Note ports is about 20 dB lower than the power at the COM TX and COM RX ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-42 April 2006...

  • Page 787: Figure 16-21 Opt-Bst-E Faceplate

    Card Reference 16.5.3 OPT-BST-E Amplifier Card Figure 16-21 shows the OPT-BST-E amplifier faceplate. Figure 16-21 OPT-BST-E Faceplate BST-E FAIL Figure 16-22 shows a block diagram of the OPT-BST-E card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-43 April 2006...

  • Page 788: Power Monitoring

    Table 16-24. Table 16-24 OPT-BST-E Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port Input Com COM RX Output Line (Total Output) LINE TX Output Line (Signal Output) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-44 April 2006...

  • Page 789: Opt-Bst-E Amplifier Card-Level Indicators

    The 32MUX-O card takes up two slots in an ONS 15454 and can be installed in Slots 1 to 5 and 12 to 16. The 32MUX-O features include: Arrayed waveguide grating (AWG) device that enables full multiplexing functions for the channels. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-45 April 2006...

  • Page 790: Figure 16-24 32Mux-O Faceplate

    An additional optical monitoring port with 1:99 splitting ratio is available. Figure 16-24 shows the 32MUX-O faceplate. Figure 16-24 32MUX-O Faceplate 32MUX-0 FAIL Figure 16-25 shows a block diagram of the 32MUX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-46 April 2006...

  • Page 791: Channel Plan

    The 32MUX-O is typically used in hub nodes and provides the multiplexing of 32 channels, spaced at 100 GHz, into one fiber before their amplification and transmission along the line. The channel plan is shown in Table 16-26. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-47 April 2006...
  • Page 792 60.6 192.1 1560.61 1. The Channel Number column is only for reference purposes. The channel ID is consistent with ONS 15454 and will be used in unit identification. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-48 April 2006...

  • Page 793: Table 16-27 32Mux-O Port Calibration

    Each single-channel port is equipped with VOAs for automatic optical power regulation after • demultiplexing. In the case of electrical power failure, the VOA is set to its maximum attenuation for safety purposes. A manual VOA setting is also available. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-49 April 2006...

  • Page 794: Figure 16-27 32Dmx-O Faceplate

    Each single-channel port is monitored using a photodiode to enable automatic power regulation. • Figure 16-27 shows the 32DMX-O card faceplate. Figure 16-27 32DMX-O Faceplate 32DMX-0 FAIL Figure 16-28 shows a block diagram of the 32DMX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-50 April 2006...

  • Page 795: Power Monitoring

    Table 16-29. Table 16-29 32DMX-O Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port P1–P32 DROP DROP TX INPUT COM COM RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-51 April 2006...

  • Page 796: Table 16-30 32Dmx-O Card-Level Indicators

    A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east • or west side of the shelf. Figure 16-30 shows the 32DMX card front panel and the basic traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-52 April 2006...

  • Page 797: Figure 16-30 32Dmx Faceplate And Ports

    COM RX. This input port is connected using a single LC duplex optical connector. A block diagram of the 32DMX card is shown in Figure 16-31. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-53 April 2006...

  • Page 798: Figure 16-31 32Dmx Block Diagram

    Equipped with ROADM functionality, ONS 15454 MSTP nodes can be configured at the optical channel level using CTC, Cisco MetroPlanner, and Cisco Transport Manager (CTM). Both the 32DMX card and 32WSS card utilize planar lightwave circuit (PLC) technology to perform wavelength-level processing.

  • Page 799: Power Monitoring

    There are eight versions of this card that correspond with the eight sub-bands specified in Table 16-33. The 4MD-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-55 April 2006...

  • Page 800: Figure 16-33 4Md-Xx.x Faceplate

    This calculation is based on the single channel photodiode reading and insertion losses of the appropriated paths. Figure 16-33 shows the 4MD-xx.x faceplate. Figure 16-33 4MD-xx.x Faceplate -X.XX FAIL Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-56 April 2006...

  • Page 801: Figure

    Variable optical attenuator The optical module shown in Figure 16-35 is optically passive and consists of a cascade of interferential filters that perform the channel multiplexing and demultiplexing functions. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-57 April 2006...

  • Page 802: Table 16-33 4Md-Xx.x Channel Sets

    P5–P8 DROP DROP TX OUT COM COM TX IN COM COM RX 16.6.4.3 4MD-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The 4MD-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 16-35. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-58 April 2006...

  • Page 803: Table 16-35 4Md-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    100-GHz-spacing of the DWDM card system. Thirty-two versions of this card—each designed only for use with one wavelength—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. Each wavelength version of the card has a different part number. The AD-1C-xx.x can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17.

  • Page 804: Figure 16-36 Ad-1C-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.7.1 AD-1C-xx.x Card Figure 16-36 AD-1C-xx.x Faceplate AD-1C -X.XX FAIL Figure 16-37 shows a block diagram of the AD-1C-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-60 April 2006...

  • Page 805: Power Monitoring

    AD-1C-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 16-36 Table 16-36 AD-1C-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port COM TX DROP DROP TX IN EXP EXP RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-61 April 2006...

  • Page 806: Table 16-36 Ad-1C-Xx.x Port Calibration

    Sixteen versions of this card—each designed for use with one pair of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. Each version of the card has a different part number.

  • Page 807: Figure 16-39 Ad-2C-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.7.2 AD-2C-xx.x Card Figure 16-39 AD-2C-xx.x Faceplate AD-2C -X.XX FAIL Figure 16-40 shows a block diagram of the AD-2C-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-63 April 2006...

  • Page 808: Figure 16-40 Ad-2C-Xx.x Block Diagram

    Table 16-38. In this table, channel IDs are given rather than wavelengths. To compare channel IDs with the actual wavelengths they represent, see Table 16-6 on page 16-9. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-64 April 2006...

  • Page 809: Power Monitoring

    OUT EXP EXP TX IN COM COM RX OUT COM COM TX 16.7.2.3 AD-2C-xx.x Card-Level Indicators The AD-2C-xx.x card has three card-level LED indicators, described in Table 16-40. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-65 April 2006...

  • Page 810: Table 16-40 Ad-2C-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    Eight versions of this card—each designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions. There are eight versions of this card with eight part numbers.

  • Page 811: Figure 16-42 Ad-4C-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.7.3 AD-4C-xx.x Card Figure 16-42 AD-4C-xx.x Faceplate AD-4C -X.XX FAIL Figure 16-43 shows a block diagram of the AD-4C-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-67 April 2006...

  • Page 812: Wavelength Pairs

    Table 16-41 on page 16-69. In this table, channel IDs are given rather than wavelengths. To compare channel IDs with the actual wavelengths they represent, see Table 16-6 on page 16-9. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-68 April 2006...

  • Page 813: Power Monitoring

    The amber SF LED indicates a signal failure or condition. The amber SF LED also illuminates when the transmit and receive fibers are incorrectly connected. When the fibers are properly connected, the light turns off. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-69 April 2006...

  • Page 814: Ad-4C-Xx.x Port-Level Indicators

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Eight versions of this card with eight different part numbers—each version designed for use with one band of wavelengths—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.

  • Page 815: Figure 16-45 Ad-1B-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.7.4 AD-1B-xx.x Card Figure 16-45 AD-1B-xx.x Faceplate AD-1B -X.XX FAIL Figure 16-46 shows a block diagram of the AD-1B-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-71 April 2006...

  • Page 816: Power Monitoring

    AD-1B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 16-44. Table 16-44 AD-1B-xx.x Port Calibration Photodiode CTC Type Name Calibrated to Port BAND RX DROP BAND TX IN EXP EXP RX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-72 April 2006...

  • Page 817: Table 16-44 Ad-1B-Xx.x Port Calibration

    100-GHz-spaced channels. Two versions of this card with different part numbers—each version designed for use with one set of bands—are used in the ONS 15454 DWDM system. The card bidirectionally adds and drops in two different sections on the same card to manage signal flow in both directions.

  • Page 818: Figure 16-48 Ad-4B-Xx.x Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.7.5 AD-4B-xx.x Card Figure 16-48 AD-4B-xx.x Faceplate AD-4B -X.XX FAIL Figure 16-49 shows a block diagram of the 4D-4B-xx.x card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-74 April 2006...

  • Page 819: Power Monitoring

    Physical photodiodes P1 through P11, and virtual photodiode V1 monitor the power for the AD-4B-xx.x card. The returned power level values are calibrated to the ports as shown in Table 16-46. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-75 April 2006...

  • Page 820: Ad-4B-Xx.x Card-Level Indicators

    The 32-Channel Wavelength Selective Switch (32WSS) card performs channel add/drop processing within the ONS 15454 DWDM node. The 32WSS works in conjunction with the 32DMX to implement ROADM functionality. Equipped with ROADM functionality, the ONS 15454 DWDM can be configured to add or drop individual optical channels using CTC, Cisco MetroPlanner, and CTM.

  • Page 821: Figure

    A terminal site can be configured using only a 32WSS card and a 32DMX card plugged into the east or west side of the shelf. Figure 16-51 shows the 32WSS module front panel and identifies the traffic flow through the ports. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-77 April 2006...

  • Page 822: Figure 16-51 32Wss Faceplate And Ports

    Add 9-16 Add 17-24 DROP TX EXP RX Add 25-32 EXP TX COM RX COM TX Figure 16-52 provides a high-level functional block diagram of the 32WSS card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-78 April 2006...

  • Page 823: Figure 16-52 32Wss Block Diagram

    Aggregate optical signals that enter the EXP RX and COM RX port are processed in two ways. The optical processing stages are shown in Figure 16-53, which provides a detailed optical functional diagram of the 32WSS card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-79 April 2006...

  • Page 824: Figure 16-53 32Wss Optical Block Diagram

    EXP TX port of the 32WSS. This optical signal is typically connected to the other 32WSS module within the network element. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-80 April 2006...

  • Page 825: Table 16-48 32Wss Port Calibration

    DROP TX is the port for the dropped channels. The xx.x-yy.y TX ports represent the four groups of eight channels ranging from xx.x wavelength to yy.y wavelength according to the channel plan. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-81...

  • Page 826: Transponder And Muxponder Cards

    Appendix B, “Hardware Specifications.” TXP and MXP cards detect SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions.

  • Page 827: Figure 16-54 Txp_Mr_10G Faceplate And Block Diagram

    60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For ALS provisioning information, see the “DLP-G217 Change Line Settings for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards” section on page 5-14. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-83 April 2006...

  • Page 828: Table 16-50 Txp_Mr_10G Card-Level Indicators

    C-band card, with each version covering four wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 wavelengths. There are five versions of the L-band card, with each version covering eight wavelengths, for a total coverage of 40 wavelengths. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-84 April 2006...

  • Page 829: Figure 16-55 Txp_Mr_10E Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Serial bus processor Optical DWDM transceiver trunk uP bus (long range) DWDM trunk STM-64/OC-192 4 tunable channels (C-band) or Flash 8 tunable channels (L-band) on the 100-GHz ITU grid Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-85 April 2006...

  • Page 830: Client Interface

    TXP_MR_10E card is turned on and transmits the signal towards the receiving client equipment. See the “16.9.1 Y-Cable Protection” section on page 16-114 for more details. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-86 April 2006...

  • Page 831: Enhanced Fec (E-Fec) Feature

    60 seconds. The on and off pulse duration is user-configurable. For ALS provisioning information, see the “DLP-G217 Change Line Settings for TXP_MR_10G and TXP_MR_10E Cards” section on page 5-14. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-87 April 2006...

  • Page 832: Table 16-52 Txp_Mr_10E Card-Level Indicators

    The TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards are tunable over four wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz range. They are available in eight versions, each of which covers four wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 different wavelengths in the 1550-nm range. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-88 April 2006...

  • Page 833: Table 16-54 2R And 3R Mode And Itu-T G.709 Compliance By Client Interface

    The output bit rate is calculated for the trunk bit rate by using the 255/238 ratio as specified in ITU-T G.709 for OTU1. Table 16-55 lists the calculated trunk bit rates for the client interfaces with ITU-T G.709 enabled. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-89 April 2006...

  • Page 834: Faceplate

    Performance monitoring of the ITU-T G.709 OH and SONET/SDH OH is implemented. 16.8.3.1 Faceplate Figure 16-56 shows the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-90 April 2006...

  • Page 835: Figure 16-56 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Faceplates

    Figure 16-56 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Faceplates TXPP 2.5G 2.5G FAIL FAIL TXP_MR_2.5G TXPP_MR_2.5G 16.8.3.2 Block Diagram Figure 16-57 shows a block diagram of the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-91 April 2006...

  • Page 836: Figure 16-57 Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Block Diagram

    Y-cable. Only the Tx client port of the active TXP_MR_2.5G card is turned on and transmits the signal towards the receiving client equipment. See the “16.9 Transponder and Muxponder Protection” section on page 16-114 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-92 April 2006...

  • Page 837: Figure 16-58 Laser Radiation Warning-Hazard Level Label

    Laser Radiation Warning—Hazard Level Label HAZARD LEVEL 1 Figure 16-59 shows the laser source connector label. This label indicates a laser source at the optical connectors where it has been placed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-93 April 2006...

  • Page 838: Figure 16-59 Laser Radiation Warning-Laser Source Connector Label

    Figure 16-61 Electrical Energy Hazard Label 16.8.3.7 TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G Card-Level Indicators Table 16-56 lists the three card-level LEDs on the TXP_MR_2.5G and TXPP_MR_2.5G cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-94 April 2006...

  • Page 839: Txp_Mr_2.5G And Txpp_Mr_2.5G Port-Level Indicators

    The MXP_2.5G_10G card is tunable over two neighboring wavelengths in the 1550-nm, ITU 100-GHz range. It is available in 16 different versions, each of which covers two wavelengths, for a total coverage of 32 different wavelengths in the 1550-nm range. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-95 April 2006...
  • Page 840 (labeled) on the card faceplate. The card uses a dual LC connector on the trunk side and SFP connectors on the client side for optical cable termination. Figure 16-62 shows the MXP_2.5G_10G faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-96 April 2006...

  • Page 841: Figure 16-62 Mxp_2.5G_10G Faceplate

    Chapter 16 Card Reference 16.8.4 MXP_2.5G_10G Card Figure 16-62 MXP_2.5G_10G Faceplate 10 Gb/s 1542.14 1542.94 FAIL ACT/STBY Figure 16-63 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10G card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-97 April 2006...

  • Page 842: Figure 16-63 Mxp_2.5G_10G Card Block Diagram

    If clocks from both TCC2/TCC2P cards are not available, the MXP_2.5G_10G card switches automatically (with errors, not hitless) to an internal 19.44 MHz clock that does not meet SONET clock requirements. This will result in a clock alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-98 April 2006...

  • Page 843: Mxp_2.5G_10G Card-Level Indicators

    The digital wrapper function (ITU-T G.709 compliant) formats the DWDM wavelength so that it can be used to set up GCCs for data communications, enable FEC, or facilitate performance monitoring. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-99...

  • Page 844: Key Features

    (ITU-T G.957). IR-1 is defined in Telcordia GR-253-CORE and in S-16-1 (ITU-T G.957). High level provisioning support: The MXP_MP_10E card is initially provisioned using • Cisco MetroPlanner software. Subsequently, the card can be monitored and provisioned using CTC software. •...

  • Page 845: Figure 16-64 Mxp_2.5G_10E Faceplate

    16.8.5.2 Faceplate Figure 16-64 shows the MXP_2.5G_10E faceplate. Figure 16-64 MXP_2.5G_10E Faceplate 4x2.5 10 E 530.33- 1550.12 FAIL ACT/STBY Figure 16-65 shows a block diagram of the MXP_2.5G_10E card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-101 April 2006...

  • Page 846: Figure 16-65 Mxp_2.5G_10E Block Diagram

    Optical transparency on the muxponder is configured using OTUx and ODUx OH bytes. The ITU-T G.709 specification defines OH byte formats that are used to configure, set, and monitor frame alignment, FEC mode, section monitoring, tandem connection monitoring, and optical transparency. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-102 April 2006...

  • Page 847: Timing Synchronization

    E-FEC—Standard ITU-T G.975.1, two orthogonally concatenated BCH super FEC code. This FEC • scheme contains three parameterizations of the same scheme of two orthogonally interleaved block codes (BCH). The constructed code is decoded iteratively to achieve the expected performance. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-103 April 2006...

  • Page 848: Fec And E-Fec Modes

    50-GHz spacing or four at 100-GHz spacing. Table 16-60 MXP_2.5G_10E Trunk Wavelengths Band Wavelength (nm) 30.3 1530.33 30.3 1531.12 30.3 1531.90 30.3 1532.68 34.2 1534.25 34.2 1535.04 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-104 April 2006...

  • Page 849: Table 16-60 Mxp_2.5G_10E Trunk Wavelengths

    MXP_2.5G_10E Cards” section on page 5-34. 16.8.5.14 Jitter For SONET and SDH signals, the MXP_2.5G_10E card complies to GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.825, and ITU-T G.873 for jitter generation, jitter tolerance, and jitter transfer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-105 April 2006...

  • Page 850: Table 16-61 Mxp_2.5G_10E Card-Level Indicators

    Fibre Channel) into one 2.5 Gbps STM-16/OC-48 DWDM signal on the trunk side. It provides one long-reach STM-16/OC-48 port per card and is compliant with Telcordia GR-253-CORE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-106 April 2006...
  • Page 851 (SERDES), the Port 1 signal is mapped into the first STS-24c channel and the Port 2 signal into the second STS-24c channel. The two channels are then mapped into an OC-48 trunk channel. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-107 April 2006...
  • Page 852 You can install MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The TCC2/TCC2P card is the only other card required to be used with these muxponder cards. Cross-connect cards do not affect the operation of the muxponder cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-108 April 2006...

  • Page 853: Faceplates

    TX and RX on the faceplate. There are two trunk port connectors (one for working and one for protect). Each is a dual-LC connector with a 45-degree downward angle. 16.8.6.1 Faceplates Figure 16-66 shows the MXP_MR_2.5G and MXPP_MR_2.5G faceplates. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-109 April 2006...

  • Page 854: Figure 16-66 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Faceplates

    A field programmable gate array (FPGA) is provided to support different configurations for different modes of operation. This FPGA has a Universal Test and Operations Physical Interface for ATM (UTOPIA) interface. A transceiver add-drop multiplexer (TADM) chip Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-110 April 2006...

  • Page 855: Figure 16-67 Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Block Diagram

    The hazard level label warns the personnel against exposure to laser radiation of Class 1M limits calculated in accordance with IEC60825-1 Ed.1.2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-111 April 2006...

  • Page 856: Figure 16-68 Laser Radiation Warning-Hazard Level Label

    This label alerts personnel to electrical hazards within the card. The potential of shock hazard exists when adjacent cards are removed during maintenance and touching exposed electrical circuitry on the card itself. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-112 April 2006...

  • Page 857: Mxp_Mr_2.5G And Mxpp_Mr_2.5G Card-Level Indicators

    Green indicates that the port is carrying traffic (active) on the interface. Amber indicates that the port is carrying protect traffic (MXPP_MR_2.5G). Red indicates that the port has detected a loss of signal. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-113 April 2006...

  • Page 858: Txp_Mr_10G

    Loss of Signal–Payload (LOS-P) alarms, also called Incoming Payload Signal Absent alarms, can occur Note on a split signal if the ports are not in a Y-cable protection group. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-114 April 2006...

  • Page 859: Figure 16-72 Y-Cable Protection

    In case of failure. the far-end switch must choose the appropriate signal using its built-in optical switch. The triggers for a protection switch are LOS, LOF, SF, or SD. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-115...

  • Page 860: Figure 16-73 Splitter Protection

    The recommended limit is 20 cards. With TXP_MR_10G cards, you can also cascade several cards, although the recommended limit is 12 cards. With MXP_2.5G_10G and MXP_2.5G_10E Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-116 April 2006...

  • Page 861: Table 16-68 Termination Modes

    They are all regenerated, including the SONET SDCC and LDCC bytes and the SDH DCCr and DCCm bytes. 1. The clients operating at rates of OC48/STM16 are multiplexed into an OC192/STM64 frame before going to OTN or DWDM. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-117 April 2006...

  • Page 862: Table 16-69 Sfp/Xfp Card Compatibility

    16.13.1 Compatibility by Card Table 16-69 lists the transponder and muxponder cards and their compatible SFPs/XFPs. Only use SFPs/XFPs certified for use in Cisco Optical Networking Systems (ONSs). The qualified Cisco Caution SFP/XFP pluggable module’s top assembly numbers (TANs) are provided in Table 16-69.

  • Page 863: Figure 16-74 Mylar Tab Sfp

    Width 0.53 in. (13.4 mm) • • Depth 2.22 in. (56.5 mm) SFP temperature ranges are: COM—Commercial operating temperature range –5 to 70 degrees Celsius (23 to 158 degrees • Fahrenheit) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-119 April 2006...

  • Page 864: Figure 16-77 Bail Clasp Xfp (Unlatched)

    EXT—Extended operating temperature range –5 to 85 degrees Celsius (23 to 185 degrees • Fahrenheit) IND—Industrial operating temperature range –40 to 85 degrees Celsius (–40 to 185 degrees • Fahrenheit) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 16-120 April 2006...
  • Page 865 17.1 DWDM Node Configurations The ONS 15454 supports the following DWDM node configurations: hub, terminal, OADM, reconfigurable OADM, anti-ASE, line amplifier, and OSC regeneration line. The Cisco MetroPlanner tool creates a plan for amplifier placement and proper node equipment. Note 17.1.1 Hub Node...

  • Page 866: Chapter 17 Node Reference

    32DMX-O card, which demultiplexes and attenuates the input signal. The west receive fiber path is identical through the west OPT-BST amplifier, the west OPT-PRE amplifier, and the west 32DMX-O card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-2 August 2005...

  • Page 867: Figure

    32MUX-O and 32DMX-O cards installed. The channel flow for a terminal node is the same as the hub node (Figure 17-2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-3 August 2005...

  • Page 868: Terminal Node

    Unlike express path, an optical passthrough channel can be converted later to an add/drop channel in an altered ring without affecting another channel. OADM amplifier placement and required card placement is determined by the Cisco MetroPlanner tool or your site plan. OADM nodes can be amplified or passive. In amplified OADMs, the OPT-PRE and the OPT-BST amplifiers are installed on the east and west sides of the node.

  • Page 869: Figure 17-4 Amplified Oadm Node Configuration Example

    32-wavelength plan is based on eight bands (each band contains four channels), optical adding and dropping can be performed at the band level and/or at the channel level (meaning individual channels can be dropped). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-5 August 2005...

  • Page 870: Figure

    OADM node configuration. The passive OADM node is equipped with a band filter, one four-channel multiplexer/demultiplexer, and a channel filter on each side of the node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-6 August 2005...

  • Page 871: Figure

    Combiner/Separator Module OSC-CSM) card is used instead of the OPT-BST amplifier and the OSCM card. Figure 17-7 Passive OADM Node Channel Flow Example TCC2 AIC-I AD-xB-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x AD-xB-xx.x Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-7 August 2005...

  • Page 872: Figure 17-8 Roadm Node With Bst-Pre, Opt-Bst, And 32Dmx Cards Installed

    Both 32DMX-O and 32-DMX cards can be used in ROADM nodes. Cisco MetroPlanner automatically determines at ROADM Node level which Demultiplexer to use based on the overall Network design. Both 32DMX-O and 32DMX cards can be used in an ROADM node. Cisco Metroplanner automatically Note chooses the demultiplexer to use for the ROADM node based on the overall network requirements.

  • Page 873: Figure 17-9 Roadm Node With Bst-Pre, Opt-Bst, And 32Dmx-O Cards Installed

    OSC-CSM and west 32WSS modules. In this example, OSC-CSM modules are installed so OPT-BST modules are not needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-9 August 2005...

  • Page 874: Figure

    Figure 17-5 on page 17-6. Figure 17-11 shows an anti-ASE node that uses all wavelengths in the passthrough mode. Use Cisco MetroPlanner to determine the best configuration for anti-ASE nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-10 August 2005...

  • Page 875: Anti-Ase Node

    (OSC) signal with the pass-though channels. If the node does not contain OPT-BST amplifiers, you must use OSC-CSM cards rather than OSCM cards in your configuration. Figure 17-12 shows an example of a line node configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-11 August 2005...

  • Page 876: Line Amplifier Node

    To electrically regenerate the OSC channel whenever the span links are 37 dB or longer and payload • amplification and add/drop capabilities are not present. Cisco MetroPlanner places an OSC regeneration node in spans longer than 37 dB. 31 dB is the longest span between the OSC regeneration node and the next DWDM network site.

  • Page 877: Osc Regeneration Node

    OSC Regeneration Line Node Configuration Example Figure 17-14 shows the OSC regeneration line node OSC signal flow. Figure 17-14 OSC Regeneration Line Node Flow Fiber Fiber Fiber Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-13 August 2005...

  • Page 878: Dwdm Node Configurations

    If the fiber is damaged on one side of the ring, traffic still arrives safely through fiber on the other side of the ring. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-14 August 2005...

  • Page 879: Protected Flexible Terminal Node

    Hub site (with OADM node) Storage server Figure 17-16 shows a 1+1 protected single-span link with hub nodes. This node type cannot be used in a hybrid configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-15 August 2005...

  • Page 880: Figure 17-16 1+1 Protected Single-Span Link With Hub Nodes

    OSCM OSCM OSCM OSCM AIC-I AIC-I Figure 17-17 shows a 1+1 protected single-span link with active OADM nodes. This node type can be used in a hybrid configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-16 August 2005...
  • Page 881 AD-yB-xx.x AD-4C-xx.x AD-2C-xx.x AD-1C-xx.x OSCM OSCM Figure 17-18 shows a 1+1 protected single-span link with passive OADM nodes. This node type can be used in a hybrid configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-17 August 2005...

  • Page 882: Figure

    This node type does not support a terminal configuration exceeding 16 channels because the 32-channel terminal site is more cost effective for 17 channels and beyond. The dash (—) in the following table below means not applicable. Note Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-18 August 2005...

  • Page 883: Table 17-1 Typical Ad Configurations For Scalable Terminal Nodes

    When the OPT-BST is not installed, the OSC-CSM must be used instead of the OSCM card. Figure 17-19 on page 17-20 shows a channel flow example of a scalable terminal node configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-19 August 2005...

  • Page 884: Figure

    If the node does not contain amplifiers, it is considered a passive hybrid terminal node. Figure 17-20 shows an example of a scalable terminal node configuration. This node type can be used without add or drop cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-20 August 2005...

  • Page 885: Figure 17-20 Scalable Terminal Example

    The hybrid terminal node type is based on the DWDM terminal node type described in the “17.1.2 Terminal Node” section on page 17-3. Figure 17-21 shows an example of an amplified hybrid terminal node configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-21 August 2005...

  • Page 886: Figure 17-21 Amplified Hybrid Terminal Example

    Chapter 17 Node Reference 17.2.3 Hybrid Terminal Node Figure 17-21 Amplified Hybrid Terminal Example Figure 17-22 shows an example of a passive hybrid terminal node configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-22 August 2005...

  • Page 887: Figure 17-22 Passive Hybrid Terminal Example

    Review the plan produced by MetroPlanner to determine slot availability. Figure 17-23 shows an example of an amplified hybrid OADM node configuration. The hybrid OADM node can also become passive by removing the amplifier cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-23 August 2005...
  • Page 888 Note For DWDM applications, if the OPT-BST is not installed within the node, the OSC-CSM card must be used instead of the OSCM card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-24 August 2005...

  • Page 889: Figure 17-24 Hybrid Line Amplifier Example

    Chapter 17 Node Reference 17.2.5 Hybrid Line Amplifier Node Figure 17-24 Hybrid Line Amplifier Example Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-25 August 2005...

  • Page 890: Figure 17-25 Hybrid Line Amplifier Channel Flow Example

    The client cards that can be used in an amplified TDM node are: TXP_MR_10G, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, TXPP_MR_2.5G, OC-192 LR/STM 64 ITU 15xx.xx, and OC-48 ELR/STM 16 EH 100 GHz. Figure 17-26 shows the first amplified TDM node scenario with an OPT-BST amplifier. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-26 August 2005...

  • Page 891: Amplified Tdm Node

    Amplified TDM Channel Flow Example With OPT-BST Amplifiers Figure 17-28 shows the second amplified TDM node configuration scenario with client cards, AD-1C-xx.x cards, OPT-BST amplifiers, OPT-PRE amplifiers, and FlexLayer filters. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-27 August 2005...

  • Page 892: Figure

    TXP or MXP or MXP or Figure 17-30 shows the third amplified TDM channel flow configuration scenario with client cards, OPT-BST amplifiers, OPT-PRE amplifiers, AD-1C-xx.x cards, and OSC-CSM cards. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-28 August 2005...

  • Page 893: Figure

    Every path introduces a different penalty on the signal that crosses it. • Client interfaces add their signal to the ONS 15454 DWDM ring with different power levels. • To support ANS, the integrated VOAs and photodiodes are provided in the following ONS 15454 DWDM cards: OADM band cards (AD-xB-xx.x) express and drop path...

  • Page 894: Automatic Node Setup

    Retrieve the list of free ports. • Create new connections or modify existing ones. • Launch ANS. • After you launch ANS, the following status are provided for each ANS parameter: Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-30 August 2005...

  • Page 895: Figure

    The default value for the provisioned attribute is AUTO. 17.3.1 Automatic Node Setup Parameters All ONS 15454 ANS parameters are calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner for nodes configured for metro core networks. (Parameters must be configured manually for metro access nodes.) Cisco MetroPlanner exports the calculated parameters to an ASCII file called “NE Update.”...

  • Page 896: Table 17-2 Ans Parameters

    East Side Add and Drop Stage Band (i) Drop Power (i = 1 through 8 • East Side Add and Drop Stage Channel (i) Drop Power (i = 1 through • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-32 August 2005...

  • Page 897: Figure

    +/– Transmitting • +/– Amplifier – – +/– Power – +/– Threshold +/– West +/– Receiving • +/– Amplifier – +/– Power – +/– Threshold – +/– Transmitting • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-33 August 2005...

  • Page 898: Figure 17-31 Wdm-Ans Provisioning

    +/– East +/– Receiving +/– Amplifier East Side Rx Amplifier Working Mode East Side Rx Amplifier Ch Power East Side Rx Amplifier Gain East Side Rx Amplifier Tilt Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-34 August 2005...
  • Page 899 +/– East +/– Transmitting +/– Power West Side Add and Drop Output Power West Side Add and Drop By-Pass Power root +/– West +/– Transmitting +/– Thresholds West Side Fiber Stage Input Threshold Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-35 August 2005...

  • Page 900: Table 17-4 Ans Parameters By Node Type

    East and West Side Add and Drop Input Power East and West Side Add and Drop Output Power East and West Side Add and Drop By-Pass Power East and West Side Channel (n) Drop Power Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-36 August 2005...
  • Page 901 East and West Side Add and Drop Input Power East and West Side Add and Drop Output Power East and West Side Band (n) Drop Power (n = 1-8) Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-37 August 2005...
  • Page 902 East and West Side Fiber Stage Input Threshold Thresholds Rx East and West Side Osc Los Threshold East and West Side Channel Los Threshold East and West Side Receive Amplifier Input Power Fail Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-38 August 2005...

  • Page 903: Table 17-5 Ans Parameters Summary

    Root MC, MA, ND U, TS, FC, O, H, LS, R West Side Rx Max Expected Span Loss WS, Rx MC, MA TS, FC, O, H, LS, R Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-39 August 2005...
  • Page 904 West Side Band 1...8 Drop Power –50 –14 WS, Rx, P, DB FC, O East Side Band 1...8 Drop Power –50 –14 ES, Rx, P, DB FC, O Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-40 August 2005...
  • Page 905 WS, Rx, P, DC, B1 MC, MA TS, H, R East Side Channel 1...32 Drop Power –50 –14 ES, Rx, P, DC, B1 MC, MA TS, H, R Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-41 August 2005...
  • Page 906 Chapter 17 Node Reference 17.3.2 View and Provision ANS Parameters Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 17-42 August 2005...

  • Page 907: Network Applications

    • 18.1 Network Applications Cisco ONS 15454s can be provisioned for metro access and metro core DWDM network applications. Metro access networks are 60 km or less in size. Channels are not equalized and dispersion compensation is not applied. Metro access networks have few spans and very low span loss, so the signal link budget is the limiting factor for performance.

  • Page 908: Chapter 18 Network Reference

    Chapter 18 Network Reference 18.2 Network Topologies 18.2 Network Topologies The ONS 15454 DWDM network topologies include hubbed, multihubbed, and meshed rings, and linear and single-span networks. 18.2.1 Hubbed Rings In the hubbed ring topology (Figure 18-1), a hub node terminates all the DWDM channels. A channel can be provisioned to support protected traffic between the hub node and any node in the ring.

  • Page 909: Any-To-Any Rings

    See the “17.1.4 ROADM Node” section on page 17-8 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-3 August 2005...

  • Page 910: Meshed Rings

    For more information about OADM nodes, see the “17.1.3 OADM Node” section on page 17-4. For more information about anti-ASE nodes, see the “17.1.5 Anti-ASE Node” section on page 17-10. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-4 August 2005...

  • Page 911: Linear Configurations

    Passive OADM Figure 18-6 shows five ONS 15454 nodes in a linear configuration without an OADM node. See the “17.1.2 Terminal Node” section on page 17-3 for more information. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-5 August 2005...

  • Page 912: Single-Span Link

    The maximum number of nodes that can be in an ONS 15454 DWDM network is 16. The DWDM topologies and node types that are supported are shown Table 18-1.
  • Page 913 TXP_2.5G_10E—FEC enabled TXP_MR_10G—FEC enabled TXP_MR_10E—FEC enabled 10 Gbps TXP_2.5G_10G—FEC not enabled TXP_MR_10G—FEC not enabled 10 Gbps OC-192 LR ITU TXP_2.5G_10E—FEC not enabled 2.5 Gbps TXP_MR_2.5G—FEC enabled TXPP_MR_2.5G—FEC enabled Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-7 August 2005...

  • Page 914: Table 18-3 Span Loss For 32-Channel Ring And Linear Networks With Oadm Nodes Using Smf Fiber

    — — — 22 dB 23 dB 16 dB — — 19 dB — 1. 0.5 dB of OSNR impairment recovered by FEC margin @ BER > 10-6 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-8 August 2005...
  • Page 915 — 24 dB 25 dB 19 dB — 17 dB 21 dB — 20 dB — — 22 dB 24 dB 16 dB — — 19 dB — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-9 August 2005...

  • Page 916: Table 18-6 Span Loss For 32-Channel Ring And Linear Networks With Oadm Nodes Using E-Leaf Fiber

    19 dB 17 dB 18 dB 19 dB 17 dB 19 dB — — 20 dB 20 dB 18 dB 16 dB 18 dB 19 dB 16 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-10 August 2005...
  • Page 917 16-channel linear networks using SMF fiber. Span loss values assume the following: No OADM nodes are installed and span losses are equal. • The DCU loss is 9 dB. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-11 August 2005...

  • Page 918: Table 18-10 Span Loss For 16-Channel Linear Networks Without Oadm Nodes Using Smf Fiber

    ROADM nodes installed. Span loss values assume the following: • All nodes in the ring or linear network are ROADM with equal span losses. The DCU loss is 9 dB. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-12 August 2005...
  • Page 919 22 dB 18 dB 21 dB 22 dB 18 dB 20 dB — — 22 dB 23 dB 20 dB 13 dB 20 dB 21 dB 13 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-13 August 2005...
  • Page 920 OPT-PRE and <7 <7 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E OPT-PRE and <7 <7 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E OPT-PRE and <7 <7 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E OPT-PRE and <7 <7 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-14 August 2005...
  • Page 921 <15 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E OPT-PRE and <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E OPT-PRE and <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 <15 — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-15 August 2005...

  • Page 922: Optical Performance For Single-Span Networks

    — OPT-BST/ OPT-BST-E 1. Cisco MetroPlanner calculates the maximum ring circumference and number of nodes that can be supported. 18.3.4 Optical Performance for Single-Span Networks Table 18-16 lists the span loss for a single-span link configuration with eight channels. The optical performance for this special configuration is given only for Classes A and C.
  • Page 923 Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E Class F Class G 38 dB 30 dB 30 dB 44 dB 40 dB 38 dB 40 dB Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-17 August 2005...

  • Page 924: Automatic Power Control

    An amplifier gain setpoint is calculated in order to make it equal to the loss of the span preceding the amplifier itself. After the gain is calculated, the setpoint is no longer Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-18...

  • Page 925: Apc At The Node And Network Levels

    Software R6.0 does not report corrections that are not performed and exceed the 3 dB correction factor Note to Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), Cisco Transport Manager (CTM), and Transaction Language One (TL1) management interfaces. To avoid large power fluctuations, APC adjusts power levels incrementally. The maximum power correction is +/–...

  • Page 926: Managing Apc

    When APC is disabled, aging compensation is not applied and circuits cannot be activated. Do not disable APC unless it is required for specific maintenance or troubleshooting tasks. Always enable APC as soon as the tasks are completed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-20 August 2005...

  • Page 927: Figure 18-8 Automatic Power Control

    APC-Managed Parameters Card Port Parameters OPT-BST LINE-3-TX Gain • Total Signal Output Power • OPT-PRE LINE-1-TX • Gain • Total Signal Output Power AD-xB-xx.x LINE-1-TX VOA Target Attenuation BAND-i-TX Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-21 August 2005...

  • Page 928: Roadm Power Equalization Monitoring

    (Figure 18-9). The tab shows the input channel power (Padd), the express or pass-through (Ppt) power and the power level at output (Pout). Figure 18-9 Power Monitoring Subtab Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-22 August 2005...

  • Page 929: Figure 18-10 Span Loss Verification

    1 dB. The minimum and maximum expected span loss values are calculated by Cisco MetroPlanner for the network and imported into CTC. However, you can manually change the minimum and expected span loss values.

  • Page 930: Network Optical Safety––Automatic Laser Shutdown

    Nodes using OSC-CSM cards (passive nodes) • 18.7.1 Scenario 1: Fiber Cut in Nodes Using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E Cards Figure 18-11 shows nodes using OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E cards with a fiber cut between them. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-24 August 2005...

  • Page 931: Figure

    On the OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E card, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a command to shut down the amplifier. CTC reports an LOS alarm (loss of continuity), while LOS-O and LOS-P are demoted. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 932: Scenario 2: Fiber Cut In Nodes Using Osc-Csm Cards

    Node A power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS-O on the OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E card and the OSCM card detects a LOS (OC3) at the SONET layer. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 933: Figure

    18-12): Fiber is cut. Node B power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS-O on the OSC-CSM card. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. Node B power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS-P on the OSC-CSM card. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide.

  • Page 934: Network-Level Gain—Tilt Management Of Optical Amplifiers

    Network Reference 18.8 Network-Level Gain—Tilt Management of Optical Amplifiers Node A power monitoring photodiode detects a LOS-P on the OSC-CSM card. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide or the Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Troubleshooting Guide. On the OSC-CSM, the simultaneous LOS-O and LOS-P detection triggers a change in the position of the optical switch.

  • Page 935: Figure 18-13 Effect Of Gain Ripple And Gain Tilt On Amplifier Output Power

    The OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E and OPT-PRE amplifier cards have a “flat” output (gain tilt = 0 dB) for only a specific gain value (Gdesign), based on the internal optical design (see Figure 18-14). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-29 August 2005...

  • Page 936: Flat Gain (Gain Tilt = 0 Db)

    Wavelength [nm] Wavelength [nm] The VOA attenuator automatic regulation guarantees (within limits) a “zero tilt” condition in the EDFA amplifier for a wide range of possible gain setpoint values. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-30 August 2005...

  • Page 937: System Level Gain Tilt Control

    The number of downstream amplifiers involved depends on the amount of tilt compensation needed and the gain setpoint of the amplifiers that are involved. See Figure 18-16. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-31 August 2005...

  • Page 938: Figure 18-16 System Tilt Compensation Without A Roadm

    OPT-PRE card is provisioned by the TCC card (see Figure 18-17). The provisioned Tilt Reference Value is reported in the CTC OPT-PRE or OPT-BST/OPT-BST-E card view (Provisioning > Opt.Ampli.Line > Parameters > Tilt Reference). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-32 August 2005...

  • Page 939: Figure 18-17 Metroplanner Installation Parameters

    Both gain tilt and gain ripple are completely compensated using the following techniques: Implementing the per-channel VOAs present inside the 32-WSS, and • Operating in Power Control Mode with the specific power setpoint designed by MetroPlanner. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-33 August 2005...

  • Page 940: Figure 18-18 System Tilt Compensation With A Roadm

    = 25 dB = 25 dB SPAN SPAN SPAN SPAN SPAN SPAN OPT-PRE OPT-BST 32 WSS 32 WSS > 21dB Per-channel Tilt Reference = 0 OPT-PRE Unregulated Tilt Power Equalization Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 18-34 August 2005...

  • Page 941: Ctc Software Delivery Methods

    C H A P T E R CTC Operation Reference This chapter describes Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), the software interface for the Cisco ONS 15454. For CTC setup and login information, see Chapter 2, “Connect the PC and Log into the GUI.”...

  • Page 942: Chapter 19 Ctc Operation Reference

    CTC Software Versions, Node View Software tab Maintenance tab Select the Maintenance > Software tabs in network view to display the software versions installed on all the network nodes (Figure 19-2). Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-2 August 2005...

  • Page 943: Ctc Software Installed On The Pc Or Unix Workstation

    A CTC launcher applet is downloaded from the TCC2/TCC2P card to your computer. The launcher determines whether your computer has a CTC release matching the release on the ONS 15454 TCC2/TCC2P card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-3 August 2005...

  • Page 944: Table 19-1 Jre Compatibility

    Environment (JRE) installed. The correct JRE for each CTC software release is included on the Cisco ONS 15454 software CD and the ONS 15454 documentation CD. If you are running multiple CTC software releases on a network, the JRE installed on the computer must be compatible with the different software releases.

  • Page 945: Table 19-2 Computer Requirements For Ctc

    Cable User-supplied CAT-5 straight-through cable — with RJ-45 connectors on each end to connect the computer to the ONS 15454 directly or through a LAN Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-5 August 2005...

  • Page 946: Table 19-3 Ons 15454 Connection Methods

    ONS 15454 using a modem. ONS 15454. The modem must be provisioned for • the ONS 15454. To run CTC, the modem must be provisioned for Ethernet access. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-6 August 2005...

  • Page 947: Ctc Window

    (Table 19-4). Table 19-4 Node View Card Colors Card Color Status Gray Slot is not provisioned; no card is installed. Violet Slot is provisioned; no card is installed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-7 August 2005...

  • Page 948: Table 19-4 Node View Card Colors

    Port color in both card and node view indicates the port service state. Table 19-7 lists the port colors and their service states. For more information about port service states, refer to Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and Service States.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-8 August 2005...

  • Page 949: Table 19-7 Node View Card Port Colors And Service States

    TL1 RTRV-COND command. The AINS port will automatically transition to IS-NR/Unlocked-enabled when a signal is received for the length of time provisioned in the soak field. Figure 19-4 Terminal Loopback Indicator Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-9 August 2005...

  • Page 950: Figure 19-5 Facility Loopback Indicator

    Performs maintenance tasks for the node. Database, Ether Bridge, Protection, BLSR (ANSI), MS-SPRing (ETSI), Software, Cross-Connect, Overhead XConnect, Diagnostic, Timing, Audit, Routing Table, RIP Routing Table, Test Access, DWDM Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-10 August 2005...

  • Page 951: Network View

    DCC Colors Indicating State in Network View Color and Line Style State Green and solid Active/Routable Green and dashed Active/Nonroutable Gray and solid Failed/Routable Gray and dashed Failed/Nonroutable Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-11 August 2005...

  • Page 952: Table 19-10 Node Status Shown In Network View

    19-9). The information that appears and the actions you can perform depend on the card. For more information about card service states, refer to Appendix C, “DWDM Administrative and Service States.” Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-12 August 2005...

  • Page 953: Ctc Card View Showing A 32Dmx-O Card

    Card (displays alarms and events retrieved from a fixed-size log on the card) Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, and search circuits. — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-13 August 2005...

  • Page 954: Table 19-12 Card View Tabs And Subtabs

    When a CTC reset is performed on an active TCC2/TCC2P card, the AIC-I card goes through an initialization process and also resets because it is controlled by the active TCC2/TCC2P card. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-14...

  • Page 955: Tcc2/Tcc2P Card Database

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.
  • Page 956 Chapter 19 CTC Operation Reference 19.8 Software Revert Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 19-16 August 2005...

  • Page 957: User Ids And Security Levels

    C H A P T E R Security Reference This chapter provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 users and security. To create users for a single node or multiple nodes, see the “NTP-G23 Create Users and Assign Security” procedure on page 3-5.

  • Page 958: Chapter 20 Security Reference

    Retrieve Maintenance Provisioning Superuser Alarms — Synchronize/Filter/Delete Cleared Alarms Conditions — Retrieve/Filter History Session Filter Node Retrieve/Filter Circuits Circuits Create/Edit/Delete — — Filter/Search Rolls Create/Edit/Delete — — Filter/Search Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-2 August 2005...
  • Page 959 Policy: Edit — — — Access: Edit — — — RADIUS Server — — — Legal Disclaimer: Edit — — — SNMP Create/Delete/Edit — — Browse trap destinations Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-3 August 2005...

  • Page 960: Table 20-1 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Node View

    — Reset — Maintenance Database Backup — Restore — — — EtherBridge Spanning Trees: View MAC Table: Retrieve MAC Table: Clear/Clear All — Trunk Utilization: Refresh Circuits: Refresh Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-4 August 2005...
  • Page 961 Table 20-2 ONS 15454 Security Levels—Network View CTC Tab Subtab [Subtab]: Actions Retrieve Maintenance Provisioning Superuser Alarms — Synchronize/Filter/Delete cleared alarms Conditions — Retrieve/Filter History — Filter Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-5 August 2005...

  • Page 962: Security Policies

    “NTP-G88 Modify Users and Change Security” procedure on page 10-45. Table 20-3 ONS 15454 Default User Idle Times Security Level Idle Time Superuser 15 minutes Provisioning 30 minutes Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-6 August 2005...

  • Page 963: User Password, Login, And Access Policies

    This record shows who has accessed the system and what operations were performed during a given period of time. The log includes authorized Cisco logins and logouts using the operating system command line interface, CTC, and TL1; the log also includes FTP actions, circuit creation/deletion, and user/system generated actions.

  • Page 964: Figure

    See the “DLP-G281 Configure the Node for RADIUS Authentication” task on page 10-55as needed. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-8 August 2005...

  • Page 965: Radius Authentication

    Make the shared secret a random sequence of letters, numbers, and punctuation and change it often • to protect your server and your RADIUS clients from dictionary attacks. Shared secrets should contain characters from each of the three groups listed in Table 20-5. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-9 August 2005...
  • Page 966 The stronger your shared secret, the more secure are the attributes (for example, those used for passwords and encryption keys) that are encrypted with it. An example of a strong shared secret is 8d#>9fq4bV)H7%a3. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 20-10 August 2005...
  • Page 967 C H A P T E R Timing Reference This chapter provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 users and node timing. To provision security and timing, see the “NTP-G23 Create Users and Assign Security” procedure on page 3-5. Unless otherwise specified, “ONS 15454” refers to both ANSI and ETSI shelf assemblies.

  • Page 968: Chapter 21 Timing Reference

    The CTC Maintenance > Timing > Report tabs show current timing information for an ONS 15454, including the timing mode, clock state and status, switch type, and reference data. Mixed timing allows you to select both external and line timing sources. However, Cisco does not Caution recommend its use because it can create timing loops.

  • Page 969: Ons 15454 Timing Example

    Table 21-2 on page 21-4 show the Generation 1 and Generation 2 message sets. Table 21-1 SSM Generation 1 Message Set Message Quality Description Primary reference source—Stratum 1 Synchronization traceability unknown Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 21-3 August 2005...

  • Page 970: Table 21-1 Ssm Generation 1 Message Set

    Stratum 2 Transit node clock ST3E Stratum 3E Stratum 3 SONET minimum clock Stratum 4 Do not use for timing synchronization — Reserved; quality level set by user Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 21-4 August 2005...
  • Page 971 C H A P T E R Management Connectivity Reference This chapter provides nine scenarios showing Cisco ONS 15454s in common IP network configurations as well as information about provisionable patchcords, the routing table, external firewalls, and open gateway network element (GNE) networks. The chapter does not provide a comprehensive explanation of IP networking concepts and procedures.

  • Page 972: C H A P T E R 22 Management Connectivity Reference

    Scenario 1 shows a basic ONS 15454 LAN configuration (Figure 22-1). The ONS 15454s and CTC computer reside on the same subnet. All ONS 15454s connect to LAN A, and all ONS 15454s have DCC connections. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-2 August 2005...

  • Page 973: Figure 22-1 Scenario 1: Ctc And Ons 15454S On Same Subnet (Ansi And Etsi)

    On the CTC computer, the default gateway is set to router interface A. If the LAN uses DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol), the default gateway and IP address are assigned automatically. In the Figure 22-2 example, a DHCP server is not available. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-3 August 2005...

  • Page 974: Figure

    ONS 15454. When a LAN device sends an ARP request to an ONS 15454 that is not connected to the LAN, the gateway ONS 15454 (the one connected to the LAN) returns its MAC address to the LAN Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-4...

  • Page 975: Scenario 3: Using Proxy Arp To Enable An Ons 15454 Gateway

    It is important in Figure 22-3 that the CTC workstation be located within the same subnet and on • the same Ethernet segment as the proxy ARP server. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-5 August 2005...

  • Page 976: Figure

    22-4, Node 1 announces to Node 2 and 3 that it can reach the CTC host. Similarly, Node 3 announces that it can reach the ONS 152xx. The ONS 152xx is shown as an example; any network element can be set up as an additional host. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-6 August 2005...

  • Page 977: Scenario 4: Default Gateway On Ctc Computer

    ARP is not used because the network includes different subnets. For the CTC computer to communicate with Nodes 2 and 3, Node 1 is entered as the default gateway on the CTC computer. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-7...

  • Page 978: Figure

    1 to the router through interface B. Because Nodes 2 and 3 are on different subnets, proxy ARP does not enable Node 1 as a gateway. To connect to CTC computers on LAN A, a static route is created on Node 1. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-8 August 2005...

  • Page 979: Figure 22-6 Scenario 5: Static Route With One Ctc Computer Used As A Destination (Ansi And Etsi)

    The IP address of router interface B is entered as the next hop, and the cost (number of hops from source to destination) is 2. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-9 August 2005...

  • Page 980: Figure 22-7 Scenario 5: Static Route With Multiple Lan Destinations (Ansi And Etsi)

    You can enable OSPF on the ONS 15454s so that the ONS 15454 topology is sent to OSPF routers on a LAN. Advertising the ONS 15454 network topology to LAN routers Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-10...

  • Page 981: Scenario 6: Using Ospf

    IP Address 192.168.3.20 IP Address 192.168.4.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Router = N/A Default Router = N/A Static Routes = N/A Static Routes = N/A Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-11 August 2005...

  • Page 982: Figure

    (ENEs). The GNE ONS 15454 tunnels connections between CTC computers and ENE ONS 15454s, providing management capability while preventing access for non-ONS 15454 management purposes. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-12 August 2005...

  • Page 983: Scenario 7: Provisioning The Ons 15454 Proxy Server

    CTC computers. The NOC CTC computer and craft technicians must both be able to access the ONS 15454 ENEs. However, the craft technicians must be prevented from accessing or seeing the NOC or central office LANs. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-13 August 2005...

  • Page 984: Figure

    SNTP server (if used) SNTP server IP address Set to ONS 15454 GNE IP address SNMP (if used) SNMPv1 trap destinations Set SNMPv1 trap destinations to ONS 15454 GNE, port 391 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-14 August 2005...

  • Page 985: Figure

    10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE End NE 10.10.10.100/24 192.168.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 192.168.10.250/24 192.168.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-15 August 2005...

  • Page 986: Figure

    • multicast messages) Subnet mask = 255.255.255.255 • DCC interface The ONS 15454 itself • Any destination connected through another DCC interface • Within the 224.0.0.0/8 network • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-16 August 2005...

  • Page 987: Figure

    GNE and DCC bandwidth, both of which enhance CTC performance. Dual GNEs do not need special provisioning Note Figure 22-13 shows a network with dual GNEs on the same subnet. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-17 August 2005...

  • Page 988: Figure 22-13 Scenario 8: Dual Gnes On The Same Subnet (Ansi And Etsi)

    10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 Gateway NE Gateway NE 10.10.10.100/24 10.10.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 End NE End NE 10.10.10.250/24 10.10.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 Optical Fiber Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-18 August 2005...

  • Page 989: Figure 22-14 Scenario 8: Dual Gnes On Different Subnets (Ansi And Etsi)

    This default can be changed to allow the backplane IP address to be viewed on CTC only by a Superuser. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-19...

  • Page 990: Figure 22-15 Scenario 9: Ons 15454 Gne And Enes On The Same Subnet With Secure Mode Enabled

    ONS 15454s connected to a router with secure mode enabled. In each example, TCC2P port addresses are on a different subnet from the node backplane addresses. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-20...

  • Page 991: Figure 22-16 Scenario 9: Ons 15454 Gne And Enes On Different Subnets With Secure Mode Enabled

    ID, slot/port information, remote IP address, and remote patchcord ID. Patchcords appear as dashed lines in CTC network view. Table 22-5 lists the supported card combinations for client and trunk ports in a provisionable patchcord. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-21 August 2005...

  • Page 992: Provisionable Patchcords

    Table 22-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Trunk/Trunk Card Combinations for Provisionable Patchcords MXP_2.5G_10G/ TXP_MR_2.5G/ MXP_2.5G_10E/ Trunk Cards TXP_MR_10G TXPP_MR_2.5G TXP_MR_10E MXP_2.5G_10G/TXP_MR_10G — TXP_MR_2.5G/TXPP_MR_2.5G — — MXP_2.5G_10E/TXP_MR_10E — Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-22 August 2005...
  • Page 993 ONS 15454. Table 22-8 Sample Routing Table Entries Entry Destination Mask Gateway Usage Interface 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.20.214.1 265103 motfcc0 172.20.214.0 255.255.255.0 172.20.214.92 motfcc0 172.20.214.92 255.255.255.255 127.0.0.1 Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-23 August 2005...

  • Page 994: Routing Table

    Gateway (172.20.214.93) indicates that the destination host is accessed through a node with IP • address 172.20.214.93. Interface (pdcc0) indicates that a DCC interface is used to reach the gateway. • Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-24 August 2005...

  • Page 995: Table 22-9 Ports Used By The Tcc2/Tcc2P

    GNE to CTC. The CTC Common Object Request Broker Architecture (CORBA) Standard constant is 683 and the TCC CORBA Default is TCC Fixed (57790). access-list 100 remark *** Inbound ACL, CTC -> NE *** access-list 100 remark Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-25 August 2005...

  • Page 996: Figure

    GCC network and LAN. Proxy and firewall tunnels include both a source and destination subnet. The connection must originate within the source subnet and terminate within the destination subnet before Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-26...

  • Page 997: Open Gne

    GCC network. Proxy and firewall tunnels are useful in this example because the GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and the foreign node. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-27 August 2005...

  • Page 998: Proxy And Firewall Tunnels For Foreign Terminations

    GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and foreign node. This configuration also requires a firewall tunnel on the ENE. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-28 August 2005...

  • Page 999: Figure 22-18 Foreign Node Connection To An Ene Ethernet Port

    TXPs/MXPs whose client interfaces can be provisioned in section or line termination mode. These include: TXP_MR_2.5 / TXPP_MR_2.5 (when equipped with OCn-N SFPs) • • TXP_MR_10G / TXP_MR_10E (when the client is configured as OC192) • MXP_2.5_10G and MXP_2.5_10E Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-29 August 2005...

  • Page 1000: Figure 22-19 Osi/Mstp Scenario

    OSI over SDCC/RS-DCC Other vendor SONET/SDH OSI/MSTP Scenario 2 (Figure 22-20) is similar to Scenario 1, except the the MSTP NEs do not have connectivity to an OSI NMS. Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Installation and Operations Guide, R6.0 22-30 August 2005...

Table of Contents